Quarterlytics / Industrials / Trucking / TFI International

TFI International

tfii · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker tfii
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Trucking
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · TFI International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

F

I

I

N

T

E

R

N

A

T

I

O

N

A

L

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

9

2019 ANNUAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

1 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

The  following  is  TFI  International  Inc.’s  management  discussion  and  analysis  (“MD&A”).  Throughout  this  MD&A,  the  terms 
“Company”, “TFI International” and “TFI” shall mean TFI International Inc., and shall include its independent operating subsidiaries. 
This MD&A provides a comparison of the Company’s performance for its three-month period and year ended December 31, 2019 
with the corresponding three-month period and year ended December 31, 2018 and it reviews the Company’s financial position as 
of  December  31,  2019.  It  also  includes  a  discussion  of  the  Company’s  affairs  up  to  February  10,  2020,  which  is  the  date  of  this 
MD&A. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as at 
and for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

In this document, all financial data are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) unless otherwise noted. All amounts are in Canadian dollars, and the term 
“dollar”,  as  well  as  the  symbols  “$”  and  “C$”,  designate  Canadian  dollars  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Variances  may  exist  as 
numbers have been rounded. This MD&A also uses non-IFRS financial measures. Refer to the section of this report entitled “Non-IFRS 
Financial Measures” for a complete description of these measures. 

The  Company’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  approved  by  its  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”)  upon 
recommendation of its audit committee on February 10, 2020. Prospective data, comments and analysis are also provided wherever 
appropriate to assist existing and new investors to see the business from a corporate management point of view. Such disclosure is 
subject to reasonable constraints for maintaining the confidentiality of certain information that, if published, would probably have an 
adverse impact on the competitive position of the Company. 

Additional  information  relating  to  the  Company  can  be  found  on  its  website  at  www.tfiintl.com.  The  Company’s  continuous 
disclosure materials, including its annual and quarterly MD&A, annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements, annual report, 
annual information form, management proxy circular and the various press releases issued by the Company are also available on its 
website or directly through the SEDAR system at www.sedar.com. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

The  Company  may  make  statements  in  this  report  that  reflect  its  current  expectations  regarding  future  results  of  operations, 
performance and achievements. These are “forward-looking” statements and reflect management’s current beliefs. They are based 
on information currently available to management. Words such as ”may”, “might”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, 
“plan”,  “foresee”,  “believe”,  “to  its  knowledge”,  “could”,  “design”,  “forecast”,  “goal”,  “hope”,  “intend”,  “likely”,  “predict”, 
“project”, “seek”, “should”, “target”, “will”, “would” or “continue” and words and expressions of similar import are intended to 
identify these forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from historical results and those presently anticipated or projected. 

The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements which reference issues only 
as of the date made. The following important factors could cause the Company’s actual financial performance to differ materially 
from that expressed in any forward-looking statement: the highly competitive market conditions, the Company’s ability to recruit, 
train and retain qualified drivers, fuel price variations and the Company’s ability to recover these costs from its customers, foreign 
currency fluctuations, the impact of environmental standards and regulations, changes in governmental regulations applicable to the 
Company’s  operations,  adverse  weather  conditions,  accidents,  the  market  for  used  equipment,  changes  in  interest  rates,  cost  of 
liability insurance coverage, downturns in general economic conditions affecting the Company and its customers, and credit market 
liquidity. 

The foregoing list should not be construed as exhaustive, and the Company disclaims any subsequent obligation to revise or update 
any  previously  made  forward-looking  statements  unless  required  to  do  so  by  applicable  securities  laws.  Unanticipated  events  are 
likely to occur. Readers should also refer to the section “Risks and Uncertainties” at the end of this MD&A for additional information 
on risk factors and other events that are not within the Company’s control. The Company’s future financial and operating results 
may fluctuate as a result of these and other risk factors. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
2 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND HIGHLIGHTS 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars, except per share data) 

Three months ended  
December 31  

Years ended 
December 31  

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

1,166,476  

1,162,279  

1,069,679  

4,613,629  

4,508,197  

4,378,985  

Fuel surcharge 

Total revenue 

139,011  

159,166  

123,199  

565,235  

615,011  

458,429  

1,305,487  

1,321,445  

1,192,878  

5,178,864  

5,123,208  

4,837,414  

2019  

2018*  

2017*  

2019  

2018*  

2017*  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing 

operations 1 

Operating income from continuing 

operations 

Net income 

Net income from continuing operations 

Adjusted net income from continuing 

217,512  

180,654  

131,017  

864,500  

686,283  

514,481  

124,290  

103,283  

66,076  

511,620  

430,524  

178,421  

74,828  

76,543  

76,728  

76,728  

120,192  

310,283  

291,994  

157,988  

120,192  

324,476  

291,994  

157,988  

operations1 

79,173  

86,262  

53,945  

336,393  

321,612  

192,188  

Net cash from continuing operating 

activities 

176,177  

173,848  

116,148  

665,292  

543,503  

372,601  

Free cash flow from continuing operations1  

103,240  

103,917  

102,432  

462,983  

339,707  

376,487  

Total assets 

4,557,255  

4,049,960  

3,727,628  

4,557,255  

4,049,960  

3,727,628  

Total long-term debt and lease liabilities 

2,206,529  

1,584,423  

1,498,396  

2,206,529  

1,584,423  

1,498,396  

Per share data 

EPS – diluted 

EPS from continuing operations – diluted  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations 

– diluted1

Dividends 

As a percentage of revenue before fuel 

surcharge 

Adjusted EBITDA margin from 

continuing operations 1 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Operating margin from continuing 

operations 1 

Adjusted operating ratio from 

continuing operations1 

0.90  

0.92  

0.95  

0.26  

0.85  

0.85  

0.96  

0.24  

1.31  

1.31  

0.59  

0.21  

3.63  

3.80  

3.94  

0.98  

3.22  

3.22  

3.54  

0.87  

1.70  

1.70  

2.07  

0.78  

18.6%  

5.1%  

2.2%  

1.4%  

15.5%  

4.5%  

—  

1.3%  

12.2%  

4.5%  

—  

1.5%  

18.7%  

4.9%  

2.2%  

1.4%  

15.2%  

4.4%  

—  

1.4%  

11.7%  

4.8%  

—  

1.4%  

10.7%  

8.9%  

6.2%  

11.1%  

9.5%  

4.1%  

90.1%  

90.3%  

93.8%  

89.8%  

90.6%  

94.4%  

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

Q4 Highlights 

•

Record  fourth  quarter  operating  income  from  continuing  operations  increased  to  $124.3  million,  up  20%  from  the  same
quarter last year, driven by strong execution across the organization, increased quality of revenue, an asset-light approach, and
cost efficiencies.

•

Operating margin from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, was up to 10.7% from 8.9% in the prior year quarter.

1 Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

3 

•  Net income from continuing operations of $76.5 million compares to $76.7 million in Q4 2018.  

•  Diluted earnings per share (diluted “EPS”) from continuing operations of $0.92 compares favorably to $0.85 in Q4 2018. 

•  Adjusted net income from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, of $79.2 million compared to $86.3 million in Q4 2018.  

•  Adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, of $0.95 compared to $0.96 in Q4 2018.  

•  Net cash from continuing operating activities was $176.2 million, as compared to $173.8 million in Q4 2018, benefitting from 

stronger operating performance and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16. 

• 

Free cash flow from continuing operation1, a non-IFRS measure, of $103.2 million, impacted negatively by a one-time real estate 
purchase of $38.0 million, compares to $103.9 million in Q4 2018.  

• 

The Company’s reportable segments performed as follows: 

o 

Package  and  Courier  operating  income  decreased  13%  to  $29.9  million,  as  the  comparable  period  benefited  from  the 
Canada Post strike; 

o 

Less-Than-Truckload operating income increased 9% to $25.5 million; 

o 

Truckload operating income increased 17% to $61.3 million; and 

o 

Logistics operating income of $18.8 million compares to $2.9 million the prior year, which was impacted by $12.6 million 
of impairment of intangibles.  

• 

The  Company  returned  $49.8  million  to  shareholders  during  the  quarter,  of  which  $19.7  million  was  through  dividends  and 
$30.1 million was through share repurchases. 

•  On  December  17,  2019,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  TFI  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.26,  an  8%  increase  over  the  prior 

quarterly dividend, as was announced on October 24, 2019. 

• 

The  Company  borrowed  $150  million  in  U.S.  dollars  under  a  new  seven-year  senior  notes  carrying  a  fixed  interest  rate  of 
3.85%, and used the proceeds to pay down its existing unsecured revolving credit facility. In addition, the Company’s existing 
term loan was increased by $75 million, to a new amount of $200 million bearing interest at a rate of 3.77% with an extended 
expiration  date  in  2024.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s  availability  on  its  revolving  credit  facility  has  increased  to  approximately 
$585 million. 

ABOUT TFI INTERNATIONAL 

Services 

TFI International is a North American leader in the transportation and logistics industry, operating across the United States, Canada 
and  Mexico  through  its  subsidiaries.  TFI  International  creates  value  for  shareholders  by  identifying  strategic  acquisitions  and 
managing a growing network of wholly-owned operating subsidiaries. Under the TFI International umbrella, companies benefit from 
financial  and  operational  resources  to  build  their  businesses  and  increase  their  efficiency.  TFI  International  companies  service  the 
following reportable segments: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Package and Courier; 

Less-Than-Truckload; 

Truckload; 

Logistics (previously named Logistics and Last Mile). 

Seasonality of operations 

The  activities  conducted by  the  Company  are  subject  to general demand  for  freight  transportation.  Historically,  demand  has  been 
relatively  stable  with  the  first  quarter  generally  the  weakest.  Furthermore,  during  the  harsh winter months,  fuel  consumption  and 
maintenance costs tend to rise. 

1  Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
4 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Human resources 

As  at  December  31,  2019  the  Company  had  17,150  employees  in  TFI  International’s  various  business  segments  across  North 
America. This compares to 17,127 employees as at December 31, 2018. The year-over-year increase of 23 is attributable to business 
acquisitions  that  added  1,033  employees  offset  by  rationalizations  affecting  1,010  employees  mainly  in  the  Less-Than-Truckload 
(“LTL”) and Truckload segments. The Company believes that it has a relatively low turnover rate among its employees in Canada, 
and a normal turnover rate in the U.S. comparable to other U.S. carriers, and that its employee relations are very good. 

Equipment 

The Company believes it has the largest trucking fleet in Canada and a significant presence in the U.S. market. As at December 31, 
2019, the Company had 7,772 tractors, 25,505 trailers and 9,826 independent contractors. This compares to 7,465 tractors, 26,487 
trailers and 8,527 independent contractors as at December 31, 2018. 

Facilities 

TFI International’s head office is in Montréal, Québec and its executive office is in Etobicoke, Ontario. As at December 31, 2019, the 
Company had 380 facilities, as compared to 369 facilities as at December 31, 2018. Of these, 246 are located in Canada, including 
158 and 88 in Eastern and Western Canada, respectively. The Company also had 122 facilities in the United States and 12 facilities in 
Mexico. In the last twelve months, 44 facilities were added from business acquisitions, and terminal consolidation decreased the total 
number of facilities by 33, mainly in the Logistics segment. In Q4 2019, the Company closed 10 sites. 

Customers 

The Company has a diverse customer base across a broad cross-section of industries with no single client accounting for more than 
5%  of  consolidated  revenue.  Because  of  its  customer  diversity,  as  well  as  the  wide  geographic  scope  of  the  Company’s  service 
offerings  and  the  range  of  segments  in  which  it  operates,  a  downturn  in  the  activities  of  individual  customers  or  customers  in  a 
particular  industry  would  not  be  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  operations.  The  Company  has  forged  strategic 
partnerships with other transport companies in order to extend its service offerings to customers across North America. 

Revenue by Top Customers’ Industry (64% of total revenue) 

Retail 

Manufactured Goods 

Building Materials 

Automotive 

Metals & Mining 

Food & Beverage 

Forest Products 

Chemicals & Explosives 

Energy 

Services 

Waste Management 

Maritime Containers 

Others 

(For the year ended December 31, 2019) 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS 

25% 

16% 

9% 

9% 

8% 

7% 

5% 

4% 

4% 

3% 

2% 

1% 

7% 

This section provides general comments on the consolidated results of operations. A more detailed analysis is provided in the 
“Segmented results” section. 

2019 business acquisitions 

In line with its growth strategy, the Company acquired eight businesses during 2019, all prior to the fourth quarter: Toronto Tank 
Lines  (“TTL”),  Schilli  Corporation  (“Schilli”),  Les  Services  JAG  (“JAG”),  Aulick  Leasing  Corp.  (“Aulick”),  certain  assets  of  BeavEx 
Incorporated  (“BeavEx”),  Piston  Tank  Corporation  (“Piston”),  selected  assets  of  AT  Group  US  Logistics,  LLC  (“US  Logistics”),  and 
Craler Inc. (“Craler”). 

TFI International 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

5 

On February 15, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of TTL. Based in Ontario, TTL specializes in the transportation and 
storage of food grade liquids, industrial chemicals, specialty oils and waxes throughout Canada, the United States and Mexico. 

On February 22, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of Schilli, which was renamed to BTC East in September 2019. 
Based in Missouri, Schilli specializes in the transportation of dry and liquid bulk and offers dedicated fleet solutions and other value-
add services throughout the Midwest, Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. 

On March 19, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of JAG. Based in Québec, JAG provides transportation services for 
explosives, mining and steel products, electronics, and household goods. 

On  April  1,  2019,  TFI  International  completed  the  acquisitions  of  Aulick  and  its  affiliate  ShirAul,  LLC.  Based  in  Nebraska,  Aulick 
provides  contract  hauling  services  for  aggregate  materials,  wood  by-product,  agriculture/commodities,  beets,  dry  bulk  materials, 
railroad traction sand and food grade product materials through the Central and Western U.S. ShirAul designs and manufactures the 
exclusive BulletTM trailer. 

On April 27, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of BeavEx and its affiliates Guardian Medical Logistics (“GML”), JNJW 
Enterprises,  Inc.  and  USXP,  LLC  for  a  cash  consideration  of  US$7.2  million  through  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for  the 
District  of  Delaware.  BeavEx  primarily  serves  the  growing  final-mile  delivery  requirements  of  the  financial,  healthcare,  retail, 
industrial, and manufacturing sectors, offering same-day, next-day, and on-demand home delivery services. Its logistics capabilities 
include  final-mile,  crossdocking,  and  distribution  services.  The  BeavEx  affiliate  GML  is  an  industry  leading  provider  of  final-mile, 
mission critical logistics and transportation services to the medical laboratory industry. 

On June 14, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of Piston. Based in Missouri, Piston specializes in the transportation of 
viscous  materials and  offers  a patented  solution  for  the  storage, handling,  and  transportation  of  these materials  for  the  food and 
industrial products industries. 

On  August  7,  2019,  TFI  international  completed  the  acquisition  of  selected  assets  of  US  Logistics.  Based  in  Georgia,  US  Logistics 
provides medical logistics, final mile and brokerage services in select regions of the United States.  

On  August  22,  2019,  TFI  International  completed  the  acquisition  of  Craler.  Based  in  Québec,  Craler  provides  brokerage,  direct 
trucking and warehousing services across Canada, the United States and Mexico.  

Revenue 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, total revenue was $1,305.5 million, down 1%, or $16.0 million, from Q4 2018. 
The contribution from business acquisitions of $115.1 million was offset by decreases in fuel surcharge revenue of $27.0 million and 
revenue  before  fuel  surcharge  of  $103.9  million,  both  in  existing  operations.  The  average  exchange  rate  used  to  convert  TFI 
International’s revenue generated in U.S. dollars remained largely unchanged this quarter (C$1.3200) compared to the same quarter 
last year (C$1.3204). 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, total revenue reached $5.18 billion, up 1%, or $55.7 million, as compared to $5.12 billion 
in 2018 mainly due to the contribution from business acquisitions of $424.2 million and positive currency impact of $34.3 million 
which were offset by decreases in fuel surcharge revenue of $84.0 million and revenue before fuel surcharge of $318.8 million, both 
in existing operations.  

Operating expenses from continuing operations 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s operating expenses from continuing operations decreased by $37.0 
million, to $1,181.2 million from $1,218.2 million in Q4 2018. The increase attributable to business acquisitions of $104.7 million 
was  offset  by  a  net  decrease  of  $141.7  million,  or  12%,  in  existing  operating  expenses.  Operating  improvements,  better  fleet 
utilization and lower material and services expenses as a percentage of revenue contributed to maintaining the operating expenses in 
the Company’s existing operations below the Q4 2018 level as a percentage of total revenue, as well as $6.9 million of additional 
gains on the disposal of assets held for sale as compared to the same period in 2018. 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, material and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by 0.4 percentage 
points of revenue before fuel surcharge compared to the same period last year due to lower subcontractor, rolling stock lease and 
fuel  costs  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  before  fuel  surcharge.  Mainly  due  to  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  equipment  lease  expense 
decreased  $11.0  million  compared  to  Q4  2018  as,  since  January  1,  2019, a  significant  portion  of  these operating  leases  are  now 
capitalized with depreciation expense recorded and presented under the caption of depreciation of right-of-use assets in the income 
statement. Right-of-use assets depreciation on rolling stock amounted to $10.0 million for Q4 2019. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
6 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Other  operating  expenses,  which  are  primarily  composed  of  costs  related  to  office  and  terminal  rent,  taxes,  heating, 
telecommunications,  maintenance  and  security  and  other  general  administrative  expenses,  decreased  1.7  percentage  points  of 
revenue before fuel surcharge compared to the same period last year due to lower terminal rent expenses. Due to IFRS 16 adoption, 
real  estate  lease  expense  decreased  $19.4  million  compared  to  Q4  2018  as,  since  January  1,  2019,  a  significant  portion  of  these 
leases are now capitalized with depreciation expense recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets in the income 
statement. Right-of-use assets depreciation on real estate leases amounted to $15.6 million for Q4 2019. 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, depreciation of right-of-use assets amounting to $25.8 million is mainly composed 
of rolling stock and real estate leases that are now treated as finance leases due to the adoption of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019. As 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated. 

For the three-month period ended December 31, 2019, the gain on sale of assets held for sale was $8.4 million, compared to $1.5 
million in Q4 2018. Five properties were disposed of for a cash consideration of $17.2 million.  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s operating expenses from continuing operations increased by $24.3 million 
from $4.08 billion in 2018 to $4.10 billion in 2019. The increase is mainly attributable to business acquisitions for $343.0 million offset 
by a net decrease of $318.7 million primarily attributable to lower material and service expenses in the Company’s existing operations. 

Operating income from continuing operations 

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  TFI  International’s  operating  income  from  continuing  operations  rose  by  $21.0 
million to $124.3 million compared to $103.3 million in the same quarter in 2018. The adoption of IFRS 16 contributed $5.0 million 
to the increase (which primarily represents the interest expense on lease liabilities which is included in interest expense in 2019). The 
operating margin from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge improved, from 8.9% in Q4 2018 to 
10.7% in Q4 2019. All reportable segments except Package and Courier reported margin increases. Notably, the Logistics segment 
reported a margin increase of 5.9 percentage points primarily as a result of an impairment of intangible assets recognized in 2018.  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  operating  income  from  continuing  operations  increased  by  $81.1  million,  or  19%,  to 
$511.6  million  compared  to  $430.5  million  in  2018,  driven  by  operating  improvements,  business  acquisitions,  an  increase  on  the 
gain on sale of assets held for sale of $13.0 million, a bargain purchase gain of $10.8 million, and a the $12.6 million impairment of 
intangible assets recorded in 2018.  

Finance income and costs 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Finance costs (income) 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

Interest income and accretion on promissory note 

Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent 

considerations 

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss 

Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives 

Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives 

Mark-to-market (gain) loss on DSUs 

Others 

Net finance costs (income) 

Three months ended 
December 31  

2019  

14,976  

4,560  

(818 ) 

72  

(523 ) 

—  

—  

1,814  

2,261  

22,342  

2018*  

13,159  

—  

(747 ) 

(12,686 ) 

1,611  

(12 ) 

—  

(3,368 ) 

2,003  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

58,290  

18,551  

2018*  

54,609   

—  

(3,001 ) 

(2,807 ) 

263  

267  

—  

—  

3,241  

8,030  

(12,189 ) 

630   

(311 ) 

(46 ) 

887   

7,533   

48,306   

(40 ) 

85,641  

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest expense on long-term debt for the three-month period ended December 31, 2019 was $1.8 million higher than compared to 
the same quarter last year. The increase is mainly attributable to a higher average debt level of $1.78 billion for the three months 
ended  December  31,  2019  as  compared  to  $1.54  billion  to  the  same  period  in  the  prior  year.  For  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2019, interest expense increased by $3.7 million due to higher average borrowings in 2019 of $1.74 billion as compared to $1.55 
billion in 2018. This increase was offset by a slightly lower average interest rate during 2019 as compared to the prior year.  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

7 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

Following  adoption  of  IFRS 16 Leases,  the  amounts  previously  recognized  as  lease  expenses  were  replaced  by  the  depreciation  of 
right-of-use assets and the financing costs on the lease liabilities. As permitted with this new standard, comparative information has 
not been restated. 

Net foreign exchange gain or loss and net investment hedge 

The Company designates as a hedge a portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt held against its net investments in U.S. operations. 
This accounting treatment allows the Company to offset the designated portion of foreign exchange gain (or loss) of its debt against 
the foreign exchange loss (or gain) of its net investments in U.S. operations and present them in other comprehensive income. Net 
foreign exchange gains or losses recorded in income or loss are attributable to the U.S. dollar portion of the Company’s credit facility 
not designated as a hedge and to other financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For the three-month period 
ended December 31, 2019, a gain of $7.6 million of foreign exchange variations (a gain of $6.6 million net of tax) was recorded to 
other  comprehensive  income  as  net  investment  hedge.  For  the  three-month  period  ended  December  31,  2018,  a  loss  of  $18.4 
million  of  foreign  exchange  variations  (a  loss  of  $16.0  million  net  of  tax)  was  recorded  to  other  comprehensive  income  as  net 
investment hedge. For the year ended December 31, 2019, a gain of $18.6 million of foreign exchange variations (a gain of $16.1 
million net of tax) was recorded to other comprehensive income as net investment hedge. 

Net change in fair value of derivatives and cash flow hedge 

The fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, which are used to mitigate foreign exchange and interest rate risks, 
are subject to market price fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates.  

The  Company  designates  the  interest  rate  derivatives as  a  hedge  of  the  variable interest  rate  instruments. Therefore,  the  effective 
portion of changes in fair value of the derivatives is recognized in other comprehensive income. For the three-month period ended 
December 31, 2019, the loss of $0.3 million on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives was entirely designated as cash flow 
hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge (a loss of $0.2 million net 
of tax). For the three-month period ended December 31, 2018, a $7.1 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives 
(a loss of $5.2 million net of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in 
the fair value of the cash flow hedge. 

For year ended December 31, 2019, a $13.3 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives (a loss of $9.8 million net 
of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash 
flow hedge. For year ended December 31, 2018, a $3.9 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives (a loss of $2.8 
million net of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of 
the cash flow hedge. 

Income tax expense 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate was 24.9%. The income tax expense of $25.4 
million  reflects  a  $1.4  million  favourable  variance  versus  an  anticipated  income  tax  expense  effect  of  $26.8  million  based  on  the 
Company’s  statutory  tax  rate  of  26.3%.  The  favourable  variance  is mainly  due  to  tax exempt  income of  $4.9 million  and positive 
differences between the statutory rate and the effective rates in other jurisdictions of $2.3 million net of negative differences of $4.1 
million for prior year adjustments and $2.0 million for non-deductible expenses.  

For  the  year  ended  December 31, 2019,  the  Company’s effective  tax  rate  was  23.9%.  The income  tax  expense  of $101.5  million 
reflects an $11.8 million favourable variance versus an anticipated income tax expense of $113.3 million based on the Company’s 
statutory tax rate of 26.6%. The favourable variance is due to rate differentials between jurisdictions of $12.9 million and tax exempt 
income effect of $9.3 million net of unfavourable variances for prior year’s tax adjustments of $4.8 million, and multi-jurisdictions tax 
of $4.2 million.  

The U.S. Tax Reform Bill signed on December 22, 2017 introduced important changes to U.S. corporate income tax laws that may 
affect  the  Company’s  current  and  future  years  including  limitations  on  the  deduction  for  net  interest  expense  incurred  by  U.S. 
corporations. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued by U.S. authorities may also impact the Company’s estimates and 
assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions. The timing and scope of such regulations and interpretative guidance are 
uncertain. Management believes that upon issuance of regulations and interpretative guidance that is expected in the first half of 
2020, an estimated tax benefit of $9.6 million could be reversed. This reversal would relate to fiscal year 2019 only and should not 
apply to future periods.  

2019 Annual Report 

8 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Net loss from discontinued operations 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  recognized  a  net  loss  on  an  accident  claim  of  $14.2  million,  or  $16.6 
million  net  of  $2.4  million  of  tax  recovery.  This  claim  originated  from  an  operating  entity  within  the  discontinued  rig  moving 
operations, which were closed in 2015. 

Net income and adjusted net income from continuing operations 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars, except per share data) 

Net income 

Amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions,  

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

74,828  

2018  

2019  

2018  

76,728  

310,283  

291,994   

net of tax 

12,019  

10,992  

47,097  

44,033   

Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent 

considerations, net of tax 

Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax 

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss, net of tax 

Impairment of intangible assets, net of tax 

Bargain purchase gain 

53  

—  

(383 ) 

—  

—  

(9,292 ) 

(9 ) 

1,180  

9,129  

—  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale, net of tax     

(9,059 ) 

(1,551 ) 

Gain on sale of intangible assets, net of tax 

Net loss from discontinued operations 

Adjusted net income from continuing operations 1 

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations – basic1 

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations – diluted1 

—  

1,715  

79,173  

0.97  

0.95  

(915 ) 

—  

193  

—  

196  

—  

(10,787 ) 

(24,782 ) 

—  

14,193  

(8,928 ) 

(262 ) 

461   

9,129   

—  

(13,900 ) 

(915 ) 

—  

86,262  

336,393  

321,612   

0.99  

0.96  

4.03  

3.94  

3.66   

3.54   

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, TFI International’s net income was $74.8 million compared to $76.7 million in Q4 
2018.  The  Company’s  adjusted  net  income  from  continuing  operations1,  a  non-IFRS  measure,  which  excludes  items  listed  in  the 
above table, was $79.2 million this quarter compared to $86.3 million in Q4 2018, down 8% or $7.1 million. The adjusted EPS from 
continuing operations, fully diluted, decreased by $0.01 to $0.95 from $0.96 in Q4 2018.  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TFI International’s net income was $310.3 million compared to $292.0 million in 2018. The 
increase of $18.3 million is mainly attributable to the $10.8 million bargain purchase gain on the BeavEx acquisition, the increase of 
gains  on  sale  of  land  and  buildings  and  assets  held  for  sale,  net  of  tax,  of  $10.9  million  and  the  contribution  from  business 
acquisitions of $32.4 million net of the loss from discontinued operations of $14.2 million. The Company’s adjusted net income from 
continuing operations was $336.4 million in 2019 compared to $321.6 million in 2018, up 5% or $14.8 million. Adjusted EPS from 
continuing operations, fully diluted, increased by 11%, to $3.94. 

1  Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
                                                           
SEGMENTED RESULTS 

To facilitate the comparison of business level activity and operating costs between periods, the Company compares the revenue 
before fuel surcharge (“revenue”) and reallocates the fuel surcharge revenue to materials and services expenses within operating 
expenses. Note that “Total revenue” is not affected by this reallocation. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

9 

Truckload  

Logistics   Corporate  

Eliminations  

Total  

Selected segmented financial information 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 2019 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 1 
% of total revenue 2 
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations   
Adjusted EBITDA margin 3 
Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin3 
Net capital expenditures 4,  5 

Three months ended December 31, 2018* 
Revenue before fuel surcharge1 
% of total revenue2 
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations   
Adjusted EBITDA margin3 
Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin3 
Net capital expenditures4,  6 

YTD December 31, 2019 
Revenue before fuel surcharge1 
% of total revenue2 
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations   
Adjusted EBITDA margin3 
Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin3 
Total assets less intangible assets 
Net capital expenditures4,  7 
YTD December 31, 2018* 
Revenue before fuel surcharge1 
% of total revenue2 
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations   
Adjusted EBITDA margin3 
Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin3 
Total assets less intangible assets 
Net capital expenditures4,  8 

Package 

and 
Courier  

Less-

Than-
Truckload  

  168,040  
15%  
38,673  
23.0%  
29,943  
17.8%  
4,385  

  199,718  
18%  
  41,283  
20.7%  
  25,498  
12.8%  
  36,893  

  177,323  
15%  
36,521  
20.6%  
34,409  
19.4%  
8,342  

  231,994  
20%  
  32,209  
13.9%  
  23,461  
10.1%  
5,197  

544,833  
47%  
119,320  
21.9%  
61,251  
11.2%  
23,528  

528,164  
46%  
99,376  
18.8%  
52,282  
9.9%  
55,469  

  628,342  
14%  
  141,001  
22.4%  
  109,106  
17.4%  
  234,955  
14,508  

  633,046  
14%  
  125,197  
19.8%  
  113,214  
17.9%  
  151,579  
17,770  

  832,213  
18%  
  168,046  
20.2%  
  109,199  
13.1%  
  529,077  
  36,448  

  902,320  
21%  
  117,006  
13.0%  
  85,132  
9.4%  
  380,715  
  14,593  

  2,199,543  
48%  
481,120  
21.9%  
254,998  
11.6%  
  1,567,027  
143,097  

  2,064,588  
46%  
380,707  
18.4%  
207,723  
10.1%  
  1,418,743  
169,059  

  262,608  
20%  
  28,943  
11.0%  
  18,752  
7.1%  
1,323  

  235,590  
19%  
  21,555  
9.1%  
2,851  
1.2%  
365  

  988,598  
20%  
  110,154  
11.1%  
  76,370  
7.7%  
  206,707  
2,638  

  953,727  
19%  
  91,348  
9.6%  
  54,492  
5.7%  
  135,374  
2,118  

—  

(8,723 ) 

—  

—  

(10,707 ) 

(11,154 ) 

6,808  

—  

(10,792 ) 

—  

—  

(9,007 ) 

(9,720 ) 

558  

—  

(35,067 ) 

—  

—  

(35,821 ) 

(38,053 ) 

64,587  
5,618  

—  

(45,484 ) 

—  

—  

(27,975 ) 

(30,037 ) 

62,054  
256  

  1,166,476   
100%  
217,512   
18.6%  
124,290   
10.7%  
72,937  

  1,162,279   
100%  
180,654   
15.5%  
103,283   
8.9%  
69,931  

  4,613,629   
100%  
864,500   
18.7%  
511,620   
11.1%  
  2,602,353   
202,309   

  4,508,197   
100%  
686,283   
15.2%  
430,524   
9.5%  
  2,148,465   
203,796   

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

1  Includes intersegment revenue. 
2  Segment revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue to consolidated revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue. 
3  As a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. 
4  Additions to property and equipment, net of proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale. 
5  Q4 2019 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $8.0 million in the LTL segment and of $9.3 million in the TL 

segment. 

6  Q4 2018 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $1.6 million in the LTL segment and of $2.5 million in the TL 

segment.  

7  Q4 YTD 2019 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $2.4 million in the P&C segment, of $25.2 million in the LTL 

segment, of $21.2 million in the TL segment and of $2.0 million in the corporate segment. 

8  Q4 YTD 2018 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $6.1 million in the LTL segment, of $24.3 million in the TL 

segment and of $0.8 million in the corporate segment. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
                                                           
10  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

When  the  Company  changes  the  structure  of  its  internal  organization  in  a  manner  that  causes  the  composition  of  its  reportable 
segments to change, the corresponding information for the comparative period is recast to conform to the new structure. 

Package and Courier 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses (net of 

fuel surcharge) 

Personnel expenses 

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

  191,422  

(23,382 ) 

  204,428  

(27,105 ) 

  715,821  

(87,479 ) 

  728,556  

(95,510 ) 

  168,040  

  100.0%  

  177,323  

  100.0%  

  628,342  

  100.0%  

  633,046  

  100.0 % 

73,574  

43.8%  

  76,509  

43.1%  

  269,837  

42.9%  

  266,301  

42.1 % 

46,493  

27.7%  

  50,083  

28.2%  

  183,246  

29.2%  

  186,281  

29.4 % 

Other operating expenses 

9,259  

5.5%  

  14,235  

8.0%  

  34,460  

5.5%  

55,359  

8.7 % 

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

(Gain) loss on sale of rolling stock and 

3,438  

4,901  

309  

2.0%  

2.9%  

0.2%  

3,055  

1.7%  

  13,322  

—  

306  

—  

  18,508  

0.2%  

1,182  

2.1%  

2.9%  

0.2%  

11,870  

1.9 % 

—  

—  

1,362  

0.2 % 

equipment 

61  

0.0%  

(25 ) 

-0.0%  

(181 ) 

-0.0%  

(92 ) 

-0.0 % 

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use 

assets 

(20 ) 

-0.0%  

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings 

and assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

82  

—  

0.0%  

—  

—  

—  

(21 ) 

-0.0%  

—  

(1,117 ) 

-0.2%  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(1,249 ) 

-0.7%  

—  

—  

(1,249 ) 

-0.2 % 

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

29,943  

17.8%  

  34,409  

19.4%  

  109,106  

17.4%  

  113,214  

17.9 % 

38,673  

23.0%  

  36,521  

20.6%  

  141,001  

22.4%  

  125,197  

19.8 % 

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

Operational data 

(unaudited) 

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

Revenue per pound (including fuel) 

$  0.47  

$  0.48  

Revenue per pound (excluding fuel) 

$  0.41  

$  0.42  

$ 

$ 

(0.01 ) 

(0.01 ) 

-2.1%  

$  0.47  

$  0.47  

$  0.00  

  0.0%  

-2.4%  

$  0.41  

$  0.41  

$  0.00  

  0.0%  

Revenue per shipment (including fuel) 

$  8.61  

$  8.43  

$  0.18  

2.1%  

$  8.35  

$  8.19  

$  0.16  

  2.0%  

Tonnage (in thousands of metric tons)   

185  

192  

(7 ) 

-3.6%  

695  

709  

(14 ) 

  -2.0%  

Shipments (in thousands) 

 22,244  

 24,238  

  (1,994 ) 

-8.2%  

 85,743  

 88,998  

  (3,255 ) 

  -3.7%  

Average weight per shipment (in lbs.) 

  18.33  

  17.46  

  0.87  

5.0%  

  17.86  

  17.56  

  0.30  

  1.7%  

Vehicle count, average 

972  

  1,016  

(44 ) 

-4.3%  

981  

973  

8  

  0.8%  

Weekly revenue per vehicle (incl. fuel, 

in thousands of dollars) 

$  15.15  

$  15.48  

$ 

(0.33 ) 

-2.1%  

$  14.03  

$  14.40  

$ 

(0.37 ) 

  -2.6%  

Revenue 

For the three-months ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased by $9.3 million, from $177.3 million in 2018 to $168.0 million 
in  2019.  This  decrease  in  revenue  is  attributable  to  a  3.6%  decrease  in  tonnage  combined  with  a  2.4%  decrease  in  revenue  per 
pound (excluding fuel surcharge). The decrease in tonnage was the result of an 8.2% decrease in the number of shipments offset by 
a 5.0% increase in average weight per shipment. Those two variations are directly related to the Canada Post strike that took place 
in the first two months of the fourth quarter of 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased by $4.7 million, or 0.7%, from $633.0 million to $628.3 million, due to a 
slight decline in volumes attributable to 2018 benefitting from the Canada Post strike. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  11 

Operating expenses 

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  materials  and  services  expenses,  net  of  fuel  surcharge  revenue,  decreased  $2.9 
million or 4% due to a $3.7 million decrease in sub-contractor costs. Personnel expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 
28.2% in 2018 to 27.7% in 2019 and the reduction resulted mostly from lower direct salaries. Other operating expenses decreased 
$5.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2019 mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Real estate lease expense decreased $4.8 million 
compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these leases are now capitalized and a depreciation expense 
was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate 
leases amounted to $4.9 million for Q4 2019. 

For  the  year  ended  December 31, 2019, materials  and  services  expenses,  net  of  fuel  surcharge  revenue,  increased  $3.5  million  or 
1.3% due to an $8.0 million decrease in fuel surcharge revenue partially offset by a $2.6 million reduction in rolling stock lease costs 
partly  due  to  the adoption  of  IFRS  16.  Personnel expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  slightly  decreased  from 29.4%  in  2018  to 
29.2%  in  2019  and  that  decrease  resulted entirely  from a  reduction  in  direct  salaries.  Other  operating expenses  decreased  $20.9 
million in 2019 mainly due to real estate lease expense that decreased $20.8 million following the adoption of IFRS 16. Right-of-use 
assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $18.5 million in 2019. 

Gain on sale of property 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, a $1.1 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the Package and Courier 
segment following the sale of one property for a consideration of $2.4 million. 

Operating income 

Operating  income  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  by  13%  or  $4.5  million  compared  to  the  fourth 
quarter of 2018 and the operating margin was 17.8% in the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to 19.4% for the same period in 
2018. The decrease is attributable to the fourth quarter in 2018 benefitting from the Canada Post strike. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating margin was 17.4%, a slight decrease from 17.9% in 2018. 

Less-Than-Truckload 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses (net of 

fuel surcharge) 

Personnel expenses 

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

  231,421  

(31,703 ) 

  272,212  

(40,218 ) 

964,951  

(132,738 ) 

  1,057,396  

(155,076 )   

  199,718  

  100.0%  

  231,994  

  100.0%  

832,213  

  100.0%  

902,320  

  100.0%  

99,034  

49.6%  

  120,153  

51.8%  

418,836  

50.3%  

478,169  

53.0%  

50,426  

25.2%  

  59,272  

25.5%  

212,037  

25.5%  

227,502  

25.2%  

Other operating expenses 

10,276  

5.1%  

  20,770  

9.0%  

35,430  

4.3%  

80,505  

8.9%  

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and 

6,794  

8,129  

2,809  

3.4%  

4.1%  

1.4%  

6,252  

2.7%  

—  

—  

2,750  

1.2%  

26,168  

32,937  

11,088  

3.1%  

4.0%  

1.3%  

23,656  

2.6%  

—  

—  

10,792  

1.2%  

equipment 

(195 ) 

-0.1%  

(410 ) 

-0.2%  

(678 ) 

-0.1%  

(862 )   

-0.1%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use 

assets 

(1,106 ) 

-0.6%  

—  

—  

(1,458 ) 

-0.2%  

—  

—  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and 

assets held for sale 

(1,947 ) 

-1.0%  

(254 ) 

-0.1%  

(11,346 ) 

-1.4%  

(2,574 )   

-0.3%  

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

25,498  

12.8%  

  23,461  

10.1%  

109,199  

13.1%  

85,132  

9.4%  

41,283  

20.7%  

  32,209  

13.9%  

168,046  

20.2%  

117,006  

13.0%  

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Operational data 

(unaudited) 

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

Adjusted operating ratio 

88.2%  

90.0%  

88.2%  

90.9%  

Revenue per hundredweight  

(excluding fuel) 

$  13.19   $  13.79  

$ (0.60 ) 

-4.4%  

$  13.29  

$  12.71   $ 

0.58  

Revenue per shipment (including fuel) 

$ 334.42   $  324.84  

$  9.58  

2.9%  

$ 322.40  

$ 305.69   $ 

16.71  

4.6%  

5.5%  

Tonnage (in thousands of tons) 

Shipments (in thousands) 

757  

692  

841  

838  

(84 ) 

-10.0%  

  3,132  

  3,548  

(416 ) 

-11.7%  

  (146 ) 

-17.4%  

  2,993  

  3,459  

(466 ) 

-13.5%  

Average weight per shipment (in lbs) 

  2,188  

2,007  

  181  

9.0%  

  2,093  

  2,051  

Average length of haul (in miles) 

839  

831  

Vehicle count, average 

  1,016  

1,020  

8  

(4 ) 

1.0%  

830  

-0.4%  

  1,024  

828  

992  

42  

2  

32  

2.0%  

0.2%  

3.2%  

Revenue 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the LTL segment’s revenue was $199.7 million, a $32.3 million, or 14%, decrease 
when  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2018.  The  decrease  in  revenue  was  due  to  a  10%  decrease  in  tonnage  combined  with  a 
4.4%  decrease  in  revenue  per  hundredweight  (excluding  fuel).  The  decrease  in  tonnage  was  the  result  of  a  17%  decrease  in 
shipments partially offset by a 9% increase in average weight per shipment. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased $70.1 million or 8% to $832.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 
2019, the LTL segment improved its yield as reflected by the 4.6% increase in revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel) that went 
from $12.71 in 2018 to $13.29 in 2019.  

Operating expenses 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, decreased $21.1 
million, or 18%, due to a $21.9 million decrease in sub-contractor cost, mostly attributable to a decrease in tonnage. Following the 
same  trend, personnel expenses decreased 14.9% year-over-year. Other operating expenses decreased $10.5 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2019, mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Real estate lease expense decreased $7.4 million compared to Q4 2018 as, 
since  January  1,  2019,  a  significant  portion  of  these  leases  are  now  capitalized  and  a  depreciation  expense  was  recorded  and 
presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted 
to $8.1 million for Q4 2019. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased $59.3 million, or 12%, 
due to a $65.7 million reduction in subcontractor cost. Personnel expenses as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge slightly 
increased from 25.2% in 2018 to 25.5% in 2019. Other operating expenses decreased $45.1 million when compared to the same 
period in 2018, mainly due to a $33.5 million decrease in real estate lease expense related to the adoption of IFRS 16. Right-of-use 
assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases was $32.9 million for 2019. 

Gain on sale of property  

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2019,  a  $1.9  million  gain  on  sale  of  assets  held  for  sale  was  recorded  in  the  LTL  segment 
following the sale of two properties for a total cash consideration of $8.0 million. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  an  $11.3  million  gain  on  sale  of  assets  held  for  sale  was  recorded  in  the  LTL  segment 
following the sale of five properties for a total cash consideration of $25.2 million. 

Operating income 

Operating  income  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019  increased  $2.0  million,  or  9%,  when  compared  to  the  same 
period  in  2018.  As  a  percentage  of  revenue,  operating  income  was  12.8%  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  a  significant 
improvement  versus  10.1%  for  the  same  period  in  2018.  The  fourth  quarter  of  2019 adjusted  operating  ratio  was  88.2%,  a  1.8 
percentage points improvement compared to 90.0% for the same period in 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income increased $24.1 million to $109.2 million and the adjusted operating ratio 
improved  2.7  percentage  points,  from  90.9%  in  2018  to  88.2%  in  2019.  Although  volume  decreased  11.7%  year  over  year, 
operating  income  grew  through  better  yield  and  quality  of  revenue,  continued  tight  asset  management,  cost  optimisation  and 
improvements in route density. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  13 

Truckload 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses (net of 

fuel surcharge) 

Personnel expenses 

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

  620,122  

  610,161  

  2,509,752  

  2,388,865  

(75,289 )   

(81,997 )   

(310,209 ) 

(324,277 )   

  544,833  

  100.0%  

  528,164  

  100.0%  

  2,199,543  

  100.0%  

  2,064,588  

  100.0%  

  236,260  

43.4%  

  236,226  

44.7%  

938,084  

42.6%  

956,913  

46.3%  

  177,624  

32.6%  

  177,024  

33.5%  

729,358  

33.2%  

665,143  

32.2%  

Other operating expenses 

16,545  

3.0%  

19,738  

3.7%  

70,970  

3.2%  

71,621  

3.5%  

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and 

47,805  

9,300  

7,494  

8.8%  

1.7%  

1.4%  

41,926  

7.9%  

180,590  

—  

—  

6,728  

1.3%  

32,120  

29,734  

8.2%  

1.5%  

1.4%  

158,708  

7.7%  

—  

—  

27,464  

1.3%  

equipment 

(4,755 )   

-0.9%  

(4,200 )   

-0.8%  

(19,502 ) 

-0.9%  

(9,796 )   

-0.5%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use 

assets 

(161 )   

-0.0%  

—  

—  

(487 ) 

-0.0%  

—  

—  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and 

assets held for sale 

(6,530 )   

-1.2%  

(1,560 )   

-0.3%  

(16,322 ) 

-0.7%  

(13,188 )   

-0.6%  

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

61,251  

11.2%  

52,282  

9.9%  

254,998  

11.6%  

207,723  

10.1%  

  119,320  

21.9%  

99,376  

18.8%  

481,120  

21.9%  

380,707  

18.4%  

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Operational data  

(unaudited) 
(all Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified) 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

2019  

2018  

Variance  

%  

Revenue (in thousands of U.S. dollars)      155,861  

  168,451  

(12,590 ) 

-7.5%  

  646,158  

  678,983  

(32,825 ) 

-4.8%  

Adjusted operating ratio 

92.4%  

93.3%  

91.5%  

94.6%  

Total mileage (in thousands) 

84,291  

  90,658  

(6,367 ) 

-7.0%  

  351,490  

  381,195  

(29,705 ) 

-7.8%  

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

Number of owner operators, average 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

2,929  

3,053  

11,007  

  11,180  

(124 ) 

(173 ) 

-4.1%  

2,960  

3,083  

-1.5%  

11,008  

  11,199  

1.8  

6.5  

424  

2.0  

6.8  

408  

(0.2 ) 

-10.0%  

(0.3 ) 

-4.4%  

16  

3.9%  

1.8  

6.5  

400  

2.0  

6.8  

457  

(123 ) 

(191 ) 

-4.0%  

-1.7%  

(0.2 ) 

-10.0%  

(0.3 ) 

-4.4%  

(57 ) 

-12.5%  

Revenue (in thousands of dollars) 

74,803  

  79,017  

(4,214 ) 

-5.3%  

  300,933  

  313,305  

(12,372 ) 

-3.9%  

Adjusted operating ratio 

85.9%  

85.9%  

85.6%  

87.0%  

Total mileage (in thousands) 

24,237  

  26,019  

(1,782 ) 

-6.8%  

98,943  

  106,167  

(7,224 ) 

-6.8%  

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

Number of owner operators, average 

Specialized TL 

641  

708  

(67 ) 

-9.5%  

684  

712  

(28 ) 

-3.9%  

2,826  

3,043  

(217 ) 

-7.1%  

2,884  

3,088  

(204 ) 

-6.6%  

2.3  

5.4  

317  

2.7  

5.5  

363  

(0.4 ) 

-14.8%  

(0.1 ) 

-1.8%  

(46 ) 

-12.7%  

2.3  

5.4  

333  

2.7  

5.5  

367  

(0.4 ) 

-14.8%  

(0.1 ) 

(34 ) 

-1.8%  

-9.3%  

Revenue (in thousands of dollars) 

    264,591  

  227,438  

  37,153  

16.3%  

1,049,546  

  877,463  

  172,083  

19.6%  

Adjusted operating ratio 

89.3%  

89.2%  

88.3%  

87.9%  

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

2,189  

6,142  

4.0  

11.7  

1,546  

4,693  

3.5  

9.7  

Number of owner operators, average 

1,224  

1,102  

643  

41.6%  

1,449  

30.9%  

0.5  

2.0  

122  

14.3%  

20.6%  

11.1%  

2,099  

6,121  

4.0  

11.7  

1,450  

4,653  

3.5  

9.7  

1,191  

1,085  

649  

44.8%  

1,468  

31.5%  

0.5  

2.0  

107  

14.3%  

20.6%  

9.8%  

Revenue 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, TL revenue increased by $16.7 million or 3%, from $528.2 million in Q4 2018 to 
$544.8  million  in  Q4  2019,  mainly  due  to  business  acquisitions’  contribution  of  $60.5  million,  offset  by  mileage  and  volume 
decreases.  Average  revenue  per  total mile  for  conventional  TL  operations  decreased  by 0.6%  in  Canada and  by  1.1%  in the  U.S. 
compared to Q4 2018. 

As part of its asset-light strategy, the TL segment increased its brokerage revenue by 8%, to $75.2 million compared to the same 
quarter last year. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TL revenue increased by $135.0 million or 7%, from $2,064.6 million in 2018 to $2,199.5 
million in 2019. This increase is mainly due to recent business acquisitions’ contribution of $256.0 million and favourable currency 
fluctuations  of  $29.3  million,  offset  by  a  decrease  in  revenue  from  existing  operations  of  $121.1  million.  On  the  brokerage  side, 
revenue increased $16.7 million or 6%, while margins were steady. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  15 

Operating expenses 

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  operating  expenses,  including  business  acquisition  impact  and  net  of  fuel 
surcharge, increased by $7.7 million or 2%, from $475.9 million in Q4 2018 to $483.6 million in Q4 2019. Material and services 
expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by 1.3 percentage points of revenue compared to the fourth quarter of 2018, mainly due 
to the adoption of IFRS 16. Equipment lease expense decreased by $7.4 million compared to Q4 2018, as a significant portion of 
these  leases  have  been  capitalized  since  January  1,  2019  and  a  depreciation  expense  of  $9.3  million,  of  which  $7.1  million  is 
attributable to operational equipment, was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets in Q4 2019. Personnel 
expenses remained steady in the fourth quarter year over year and as a percentage of revenue. Other operating expenses decreased 
by $3.2 million or 16% compared to Q4 2018, mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16, where $2.1 million has been presented under 
depreciation  of  right-of-use  assets  for  leased  buildings  in  Q4  2019.  The  Company  continues  to  improve  its  cost  structure  and 
increase the efficiency and profitability of its existing fleet and network of independent contractors. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TL operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by $87.7 million or 5%, which is 
mainly due to business acquisitions. Excluding business acquisitions, operating expenses decreased by $144.0 million or 8%, from 
$1,856.9 million in 2018 to $1,712.9 million in 2019. 

Gain on sale of property  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, a $16.3 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the Truckload segment 
following the sale of four properties for a total consideration of $21.2 million.  

Operating income 

The Company’s operating income in the TL segment for the three months ended December 31, 2019 reached $61.3 million, up from 
$52.3 million in Q4 2018. This represents an increase of 17% and is mainly due to higher quality of freight, lower costs, and a more 
efficient truckload freight network. Initiatives aimed at equipment cost reductions have continued to yield positive results, including 
lower repair and maintenance costs due to a newer fleet. Operating margin increased to 11.2% compared to 9.9% in Q4 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the TL segment increased its operating income by $47.3 million or 23%, from $207.7 million 
in 2018 to $255.0 million in 2019 as a result of better performance and a $3.1 million increase in gain on sales of assets held for sale. 

Logistics  

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Three months ended December 31  

Years ended December 31  

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses (net of 

fuel surcharge) 

Personnel expenses 

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

2019  

%  

2018*  

%  

  272,252  

(9,644 ) 

  246,990  

(11,400 ) 

1,027,752  

(39,154 ) 

1,000,186  

(46,459 ) 

  262,608  

  100.0%  

  235,590  

  100.0%  

  988,598  

  100.0%  

  953,727  

  100.0%  

  184,809  

70.4%  

  165,484  

70.2%  

  695,167  

70.3%  

  661,796  

69.4%  

  33,563  

12.8%  

  31,549  

13.4%  

  128,124  

13.0%  

  134,000  

14.1%  

Other operating expenses 

  15,507  

5.9%  

  17,034  

Depreciation of property and equipment  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and 

847  

3,328  

6,016  

—  

—  

0.3%  

1.3%  

2.3%  

774  

—  

5,348  

—  

  12,559  

7.2%  

0.3%  

55,499  

2,848  

—  

18,776  

22,947  

2.3%  

5.3%  

5.6%  

0.3%  

1.9%  

2.3%  

66,736  

2,969  

—  

21,298  

—  

—  

12,559  

—  

—  

—  

(10,787 ) 

-1.1%  

—  

equipment 

(6 ) 

-0.0%  

(32 ) 

-0.0%  

(55 ) 

-0.0%  

(153 ) 

-0.0%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use 

assets 

(208 ) 

-0.1%  

Loss on sale of land and buildings and 

assets held for sale 

—  

—  

—  

23  

—  

(291 ) 

-0.0%  

—  

30  

  18,752  

7.1%  

2,851  

76,370  

7.7%  

54,492  

0.0%  

1.2%  

—  

—  

  28,943  

11.0%  

  21,555  

9.1%  

  110,154  

11.1%  

91,348  

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

2019 Annual Report 

7.0%  

0.3%  

—  

2.2%  

1.3%  

—  

—  

0.0%  

5.7%  

9.6%  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Revenue 

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  revenue  increased  by  $27.0  million,  or  11%,  from  $235.6  million  in  2018  to 
$262.6 million. Excluding business acquisitions, revenue decreased by $20.8 million mainly attributable to lower volumes and non-
recurring business in the prior year period.  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue increased by $34.9 million, or 4%, from $953.7 million to $988.6 million. Excluding 
business acquisitions, revenue decreased by 8% or $76.3 million. 

Approximately 72% (2018 – 69%) of the Logistics segment’s revenues in the quarter were generated from operations in the U.S. 
and Mexico and approximately 28% (2018 – 31%) were generated from operations in Canada. 

Operating expenses 

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, total operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by $11.2 million, or 5%, 
from $232.7 million in Q4 2018 to $243.9 million. As a percentage of revenue, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, 
increased by 0.2 percentage points of revenue in the fourth quarter of 2019 while personnel expenses decreased by 0.6 percentage 
points of revenue. Other operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 7.2% in 2018 to 5.9% in 2019 mainly due to 
the  adoption  of  IFRS  16.  Real  estate  lease  expense  decreased  $5.3  million  compared  to  Q4  2018  as,  since  January  1,  2019,  a 
significant portion of these leases are now capitalized, and a depreciation expense was recorded and presented under depreciation of 
right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $3.3 million for Q4 2019.  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  operating  expenses  increased  $13.0  million  compared  to  2018,  from  $899.2  million  to 
$912.2 million. This increase was mostly attributable to higher volumes offset by a foreign exchange impact. 

Operating income 

Operating income in the Logistic segment for the three-months ended December 31, 2019 increased by $15.9 million compared to 
the fourth quarter of 2018, from $2.9 million to $18.8 million. Excluding the $12.6 million impairment in the last quarter of 2018, 
operating income increased 22% or $3.3 million with the operating margin increasing 0.6 percentage points to 7.1%.  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income increased 40% or $21.9 million compared to 2018, from $54.5 million to 
$76.4 million. Excluding the $12.6 million impairment in the last quarter of 2018, operating income increased 14% or $9.3 million 
with the operating margin increasing 0.7 percentage points to 7.7%.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Sources and uses of cash 

(unaudited) 
(in thousands of dollars) 

Sources of cash: 

Net cash from continuing operating activities 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 
Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness 
Net proceeds from long-term debt 
Others 
Total sources 
Uses of cash: 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Business combinations, net of cash acquired 
Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness 
Net repayment of long-term debt 
Repayment of lease liabilities 
Dividends paid 
Repurchase of own shares 
Net cash used in discontinued operations 
Others 
Total usage 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

176,177  
27,438  
17,230  
281  
—  
6,416  
227,542  

122,310  
(371 ) 
—  
24,075  
26,213  
19,660  
30,133  
1,715  
3,807  
227,542  

173,848  
25,461  
2,782  
—  
79,514  
3,029  
284,634  

113,004  
81,375  
258  
—  
—  
18,475  
61,891  
—  
9,631  
284,634  

665,292  
95,180  
51,918  
—  
181,117  
24,456  
  1,017,963  

346,313  
200,401  
8,494  
—  
99,573  
80,703  
255,692  
16,176  
10,611  
  1,017,963  

543,503   
81,051   
29,226   
3,237   
21,727   
19,874   
698,618   

314,300   
156,487   
—  
—  
—  
74,096   
139,622   
—  
14,113   
698,618   

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  17 

Cash flow from continuing operating activities 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  net  cash  from  continuing  operating  activities  increased  by  22%  to  $665.3  million  from 
$543.5 million in 2018. This $121.8 million increase is attributable to positive changes in cash generated from operating activities 
driven by stronger operating results and the replacement of lease expenses by the repayment of lease liabilities included in financing 
activities and interest on lease liabilities as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases. IFRS 16 positively impacted cash from operating 
activities by a net amount of $99.6 million (which represents repayment of lease liabilities which is classified as financing cash flows 
in 2019, compared with operating cash flows in 2018). In addition, income taxes paid negatively impacted net cash from continuing 
operating activities by $33.7 million, attributable to increased income tax installments required on stronger operating results and the 
payment of the prior year tax balances. 

Cash flow used in investing activities from continuing operations 

Property and equipment 

The  following  table  presents  the  additions  of  property  and  equipment  by  category  for  the  three-month  periods  and  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Additions to property and equipment: 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018  

2019  

2018  

Purchases as stated on cash flow statements 

122,310  

113,004  

346,313  

314,300   

Non-cash adjustments 

Additions by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

(4,705 ) 

(14,830 ) 

3,094  

(227 ) 

117,605  

98,174  

349,407  

314,073   

48,204  

65,283  

4,118  

117,605  

3,625  

91,520  

3,029  

98,174  

52,566  

15,412   

280,704  

284,459   

16,137  

14,202   

349,407  

314,073   

The  Company  invests  in  new  equipment  to  maintain  its  quality  of  service  while  minimizing  maintenance  costs.  Its  capital 
expenditures reflect the level of reinvestment required to keep its equipment in good order and to maintain a strategic allocation of 
its capital resources. 

In the normal course of activities, the Company constantly renews its rolling stock equipment generating regular proceeds and gain 
or loss on disposition. The following table indicates the proceeds and gains or losses from sale of property and equipment and assets 
held for sale by category for the three-month periods and years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Proceeds by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Gains (losses) by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Three months ended  
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018  

2019  

2018  

17,171  

27,407  

90  

4,121  

24,095  

27  

50,871  

95,039  

1,188  

31,153   

79,049   

75   

44,668  

28,243  

147,098  

110,277   

8,435  

4,934  

(79 ) 

1,791  

4,707  

(40 ) 

27,878  

21,450  

(287 ) 

16,144   

11,007   

(104 ) 

13,290  

6,458  

49,041  

27,047   

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Business acquisitions 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash used in business acquisitions totalled $200.4 million to acquire eight businesses. Refer 
to the section of this report entitled “2019 business acquisitions” and further information can be found in note 5 of the December 
31, 2019 audited consolidated financial statements. 

Cash flow used in discontinued operations 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, discontinued operations used cash of $16.2 million.  

Free cash flow from continuing operations 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Three months ended  
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

Net cash from continuing operating activities 

176,177  

173,848  

665,292  

543,503   

Additions to property and equipment 

(117,605 ) 

(98,174 ) 

(349,407 ) 

(314,073 ) 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 

27,438  

17,230  

25,461  

2,782  

95,180  

51,918  

81,051   

29,226   

Free cash flow from continuing operations 1 

103,240  

103,917  

462,983  

339,707   

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

The Company’s objectives when managing its cash flow from operations are to ensure proper capital investment in order to provide 
stability and competitiveness for its operations, to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy, and to undertake selective 
business acquisitions within a sound capital structure and a solid financial position. 

For  the  year ended  December 31,  2019,  TFI International generated  free  cash  flow  from  continuing operations  of  $463.0 million, 
compared  to  $339.7  million  in  2018,  which  represents  a  year-over-year  increase  of  $123.3 million.  This  increase  is  mainly  due  to 
more net cash from continuing operating activities of $121.8 million, largely stemming from the adoption of IFRS 16 which had a 
positive impact of $99.6 million. 

The free cash flow conversion, which measures the level of capital employed to generate earnings, improved for the three months 
ended  December  31,  2019  to 80.7%  from  61.0%,  due  a  higher  volume  of  net  capital expenditures  in  2018.  For  the  year ended 
December 31, 2019 the free cash flow conversion improved to 76.8% from 68.0%. 

Based on the December 31, 2019 closing share price of $43.77, the free cash flow generated by the Company during 2019 ($463.0 
million) represented a yield of 13.0%. 

Financial position 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Total assets 

Long-term debt 

Lease liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 

As at  
December 31, 2019  

As at 
December 31, 2018*  

As at 
December 31, 2017*  

4,557,255  

1,744,687  

461,842  

1,505,689  

4,049,960  

1,584,423  

—  

1,576,854  

3,727,628   

1,498,396   

—  

1,415,124   

*   The  current  period  figures  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

Compared to December 31, 2018, the Company’s total assets and long-term debt and lease liabilities increased, mainly as a result of 
the implementation of IFRS 16: total assets increased by $439.4 million and lease liabilities increased by $483.5 million. Please refer 
to note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements for more details on IFRS 16. 

1 Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                           
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  19 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company’s working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $50.6 million compared to $52.8 
million as at December 31, 2018. The decrease is mainly attributable to the increase in the short term portion of the lease liabilities 
of $99.1 million, net of a decrease in the current portion of long term debt of $68.7 million and a reclassification of a note receivable 
to short term in the amount of $24.8 million. 

Contractual obligations, commitments, contingencies and off-balance sheet arrangements 

The  following  table  indicates  the  Company’s  contractual  obligations  with  their  respective  maturity  dates  at  December  31,  2019, 
excluding future interest payments. 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Unsecured revolving facility – June 2023 

Unsecured revolving facility – November 2020 

Unsecured term loan – June 2021 & 2022 

Unsecured debenture – December 2024 

Unsecured senior notes – December 2026 

Conditional sales contracts 

Lease liabilities 

Total  

593,495  

11,970  

610,000  

200,000  

194,820  

139,591  

461,842  

Less than 
1 year  

—  

11,970  

—  

—  

—  

41,677  

99,133  

Total contractual obligations 

  2,211,718  

152,780  

1 to 3 
years  

—  

—  

610,000  

—  

—  

67,030  

155,552  

832,582  

3 to 5 
years  

593,495  

—  

—  

200,000  

After 5 
years  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

194,820  

30,661  

95,623  

919,779  

223  

111,534  

306,577  

On February 1, 2019, the $500 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $575 million. On February 
11, 2019, the related incremental funds were used to reimburse a separate $75 million unsecured term loan that was due to mature 
in August 2019. 

On February 1, 2019, the Company renegotiated the pricing grid of both its revolving credit facility and $575 million term loan. The 
$575 million term loan remains within the confines of the credit facility, but now has a pricing grid different than the revolving credit 
facility. Based on the current funded-debt-to-EBITDA ratio defined below, the renegotiation has no impact on the interest charged 
on the revolving credit facility, however it reduces the interest rate charged on the term loan by 34 basis points.  

On June 27, 2019, the Company extended its existing revolving credit facility by one year, to June 2023.  

On June 27, 2019, the Company extended the maturity of the $575 million unsecured term loan by one year for each tranche, with 
$200 million now due in June 2021 and $375 million now due in June 2022.  

On  November  22,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  revolving  credit  facility  agreement.  The  credit  facility  is  unsecured  and 
provides an availability of US$25 million maturing in November 2020. The interest applied to this credit facility is the same as applied 
to the existing revolving credit facility.  

On  December  20,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  unsecured  senior  note  agreement.  This  loan  takes  the  form  of  senior 
notes each carrying an interest rate of 3.85% and with a December 2026 maturity date.  

On December 20, 2019, the unsecured debenture was amended to increase the indebtedness by $75 million, to $200 million, and to 
extend  maturity  date  by  four  years,  to  December  2024.  Following  this  amendment,  debenture  is  now  carrying  an  interest  rate 
between 3.32% and 4.22% (2018 – 3.00% to 3.45%) depending on certain ratios. 

On  December  27,  2019,  the  $575  million  unsecured  term  loan  was  amended  to  increase  the  indebtedness  to  $610  million.  This 
amendment increased the $375 million tranche due in June 2022 to $410 million.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
20  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The  following  table  indicates  the  Company’s  financial  covenants  to  be  maintained  under  its  credit  facility.  These  covenants  are 
measured  on  a  consolidated  rolling  twelve-month  basis  and  are  calculated  as  prescribed  by  the  credit  agreement  which,  among 
other things, requires the exclusion of the impact of the new standard IFRS 16 Leases: 

Covenants 

Funded debt-to- EBITDA ratio  

Requirements 

December 31, 2019   

As at  

[ratio of total debt plus letters of credit and some other long-term liabilities to earnings 
before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), including last 
twelve months adjusted EBITDA from business acquisitions] 

EBITDAR-to-interest and rent ratio  

[ratio of EBITDAR (EBITDA before rent and including last twelve months adjusted 
EBITDAR from business acquisitions) to interest and net rent expenses] 

< 3.50 

 > 1.75 

2.25 

4.54 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $41.7 million of outstanding letters of credit ($39.4 million on December 31, 2018).  

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $35.2 million of purchase commitments and $12.0 million of purchase orders that the 
Company  intends  to  enter  into  a  lease  that  is  expected  to  materialize  within a  year  (December  31,  2018 –  $51.0  million and  nil, 
respectively). 

Dividends and outstanding share data 

Dividends 

The Company declared $21.2 million in dividends, or $0.26 per common share, in the fourth quarter of 2019. On February 10, 2020, 
the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.26  per  outstanding  common  share  of  the  Company’s  capital,  for  an 
expected  aggregate  payment of  $21.2 million  to  be  paid  on April 15, 2020  to  shareholders  of  record at  the  close  of  business  on 
March 31, 2020. 

NCIB on common shares 

Pursuant to the renewal of the normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”), which began on October 2, 2019 and expires on October 1, 2020, 
the  Company  is  authorized  to  repurchase  for  cancellation  up  to  a  maximum  of  7,000,000  of  its  common  shares  under  certain 
conditions. As at December 31, 2019, and since the inception of this NCIB, the Company has repurchased and cancelled 679,100 
common shares.  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 6,409,446 common shares (as compared to 3,755,002 in 2018) 
at a weighted average price of $39.89 per share (as compared to $37.18 in 2018) for a total purchase price of $255.7 million (as 
compared to $139.6 million in 2018). 

Outstanding shares, stock options and restricted share units 

A total of 81,450,326 common shares were outstanding as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 – 86,397,588). There was 
no material change in the Company’s outstanding share capital between December 31, 2019 and February 10, 2020. 

As at December 31, 2019, the number of outstanding options to acquire common shares issued under the Company’s stock option 
plan was 4,421,866 (December 31, 2018 – 5,031,161) of which 3,039,635, were exercisable (December 31, 2018 – 3,863,610). On 
February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 909,404 stock options under the Company’s stock option plan. Each 
stock option entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price based on the volume-weighted 
average trading price of the Company’s shares for the last five trading days immediately preceding the effective date of the grant. 

As at December 31, 2019, the number of restricted share units (‘‘RSUs’’) granted under the Company’s equity incentive plan to its 
senior employees was 239,337 (December 31, 2018 – 147,081). On February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 
152,965 RSUs under the Company’s equity incentive plan. The RSUs will vest in December of the second year following the grant 
date. Upon satisfaction of the required service period, the plan provides for settlement of the award through shares. 

Legal proceedings 

The  Company  is  involved  in  litigation  arising  from  the  ordinary  course  of  business  primarily  involving  claims  for  bodily  injury  and 
property  damage.  It  is  not  feasible  to  predict  or  determine  the  outcome  of  these  or  similar  proceedings.  However,  the  Company 
believes the ultimate recovery or liability, if any, resulting from such litigation individually or in total would not materially adversely nor 
positively affect the Company’s financial condition or performance and, if necessary, has been provided for in the financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  21 

OUTLOOK 

North  American  economic  growth  has  continued  despite  headwinds  from  international  trade  negotiations  and  other  geopolitical 
uncertainties, with unemployment rates near multi-decade lows and favorable readings for both consumer confidence and business 
optimism.  The  operating  environment  remained  challenging  for  the  transportation  and  logistics  industry  throughout  2019  largely 
due to overcapacity concerns. More recently there have been early indications of improvement, with volumes and spot rates showing 
signs of stabilization. In this mixed environment, TFI International believes it is favorably positioned and confident it can continue to 
execute its business plan, including internal initiatives designed to enhance profitability via improved efficiencies, acquisition-related 
synergies and cost savings. 

Looking  ahead,  one  potential  risk  to  the  Company’s  business  is  an  economic  decline  after  several  years  of  expansion,  potentially 
caused by international trade negotiations that have already resulted in higher tariffs on shipped goods. Further economic challenges 
could  in  turn  reverse  recent  improvements  in  industry  overcapacity  and  drive  additional  pricing  pressure.  Other  risks  include  the 
possibility  of  more pronounced  driver  shortages  and  accompanying  upward  pressure on  wages,  and  the  potential  for  higher  fuel, 
insurance, interest rates and other costs. 

Cognizant of changing macro conditions, TFI International seeks to generate strong and consistent free cash flow by executing on 
the  fundamentals  of  the  business  regardless  of  the  economic  cycle.  This  approach  includes  focusing  on  profitable  business, 
improving efficiency, rationalizing assets to avoid internal overcapacity, and tightly controlling costs. In addition, the Company plans 
to capture M&A-related operating synergies and continue its disciplined pursuit of acquisition candidates in the fragmented North 
American transportation and logistics market. 

TFI International also aims to distinguish itself by providing innovative, value-added solutions to its growing North American customer 
base.  The  Company  is  embracing  an  asset-light  business  model,  and  deploying  capital  toward  initiatives  that  it  believes  provide 
strong returns and solid cash flow.  

In  summary,  the  Company  believes  it  is  well  positioned  to  benefit  from  the  current  dynamics  in  the  North  American  freight 
environment,  and  that  through  adherence  to  its  operating  principles,  with  the  same  discipline  and  rigor  that  have  made  TFI 
International  a  North  American  leader  in  the  transportation  and  logistics  industry,  it  intends  to  continue  to  create  long-term 
shareholder value. 

SUMMARY OF EIGHT MOST RECENT QUARTERLY RESULTS 

(unaudited)-(in millions of dollars,  
except per share data) 

Q4’19  

Q3’19  

Q2’19  

Q1’19   Q4’18*   Q3’18*   Q2’18*   Q1’18*  

Total revenue 

    1,305.5     1,304.8     1,337.8     1,230.8     1,321.4     1,287.6     1,317.7     1,196.5  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing 

operations 1 

217.5    

221.6    

236.5    

188.9    

180.7    

190.0    

186.7    

129.0  

Operating income from continuing 

operations 

Net income 

EPS – basic 

EPS – diluted 

124.3    

131.9    

149.2    

106.3    

103.3    

128.2    

123.6    

74.8    

82.6    

87.7    

65.1    

76.7    

86.7    

80.4    

0.92    

1.00    

1.04    

0.76    

0.88    

0.99    

0.92    

0.90    

0.98    

1.01    

0.74    

0.85    

0.96    

0.89    

Net income from continuing operations 

76.5    

82.6    

100.2    

65.1    

76.7    

86.7    

80.4    

EPS from continuing operations – basic 

0.94    

1.00    

1.19    

0.76    

0.88    

0.99    

0.92    

EPS from continuing operations – diluted     

0.92    

0.98    

1.16    

0.74    

0.85    

0.96    

0.89    

75.4  

48.2  

0.54  

0.53  

48.2  

0.54  

0.53  

Adjusted net income from continuing 

operations1 

79.2    

88.1    

102.0    

67.1    

86.3    

95.0    

89.9    

50.4  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations- 

diluted1 

0.95    

1.04    

1.18    

0.77    

0.96    

1.05    

0.99    

0.55  

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.  

1 Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                                           
22  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The differences between the quarters are mainly the result of seasonality (softer in Q1) and business acquisitions. Higher 2019 and 
2018 operating income was also driven by strong execution across the organization, increased quality of revenue, cost efficiencies 
and  improvement  in  the  Company’s  U.S.  TL  operating  segment.  In  2019,  higher  adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations, 
compared to the same periods in the prior year, is partially due to the implementation of IFRS 16 as lease expense was replaced by 
depreciation of right-of-use assets and interests on lease liabilities.  

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES 

Financial data have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, including the following measures: 

Operating expenses: Operating expenses include: a) materials and services expenses, which are primarily costs related to independent 
contractors and vehicle operation; vehicle operation expenses, which primarily include fuel, repairs and maintenance, vehicle leasing 
costs, insurance, permits and operating supplies; b) personnel expenses; c) other operating expenses, which are primarily composed 
of  costs  related  to  offices’  and  terminals’  rent,  taxes,  heating,  telecommunications,  maintenance  and  security  and  other  general 
administrative expenses; d) depreciation of property and equipment, depreciation of right-of-use assets, amortization of intangible 
assets and gain or loss on the sale of rolling stock and equipment, on derecognition of right-of use assets and on sale of land and 
buildings and assets held for sale; e) bargain purchase gain; and f) impairment of intangible assets. 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations: Net income or loss from continuing operations before finance income and costs 
and income tax expense (recovery), as stated in the audited consolidated financial statements. 

This MD&A includes references to certain non-IFRS financial measures as described below. These non-IFRS measures do not have any 
standardized  meanings  prescribed  by  IFRS  and  are  therefore  unlikely  to  be  comparable  to  similar  measures  presented  by  other 
companies. Accordingly, they should not be considered in isolation, in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, measures of 
financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The terms and definitions of IFRS and non-IFRS measures used in this MD&A 
and a reconciliation of each non-IFRS measure to the most directly comparable IFRS measure are provided below. 

Adjusted net income from continuing operations: Net income or loss excluding amortization of intangible assets related to business 
acquisitions,  net  change  in  the  fair  value  and  accretion  expense  of  contingent  considerations,  net  change  in  the  fair  value  of 
derivatives, net foreign exchange gain or loss, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, gain or loss on sale of land 
and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets, and loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. In presenting an adjusted 
net income  from  continuing operations  and adjusted  EPS  from  continuing  operations,  the Company’s  intent  is  to help provide  an 
understanding  of  what  would  have  been  the  net  income  from  continuing  operations  and  earnings  per  share  from  continuing 
operations  in  a  context  of  significant  business  combinations  and  excluding  specific  impacts  and  to  reflect  earnings  from  a  strictly 
operating  perspective.  The  amortization  of  intangible  assets  related  to  business  acquisitions  comprises  amortization  expense  of 
customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements accounted for in business combinations and the income tax effects 
related  to  this  amortization.  Management  also  believes,  in  excluding  amortization  of  intangible  assets  related  to  business 
acquisitions, it provides more information on the amortization of intangible asset expense portion, net of tax, that will not have to be 
replaced to preserve the Company’s ability to generate similar future cash flows. The Company excludes these items because they 
affect  the  comparability  of  its  financial  results  and  could  potentially  distort  the  analysis  of  trends  in  its  business  performance. 
Excluding these items does not imply they are necessarily non-recurring. See reconciliation on page 8. 

Adjusted earnings per share (adjusted “EPS”) from continuing operations – basic: Adjusted net income from continuing operations 
divided by the weighted average number of common shares. 

Adjusted  EPS  from  continuing  operations  –  diluted:  Adjusted  net  income  from  continuing  operations  divided  by  the  weighted 
average number of diluted common shares. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations:  Net  income  or  loss  from  continuing  operations  before  finance  income  and  costs, 
income tax expense, depreciation, amortization, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, and gain or loss on sale of 
land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and  intangible  assets.  Segmented  adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  refers  to 
operating  income  (loss)  from  continuing  operations  before  depreciation,  amortization,  impairment  of  intangible  assets,  bargain 
purchase  gain,  and  gain  or  loss  on  sale  of  land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and  intangible  assets.  Management  believes 
adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations to be a useful supplemental measure. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is 
provided to assist in determining the ability of the Company to assess its performance. 

TFI International 

 
 
Consolidated adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations reconciliation: 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Three months ended  
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  23 

Net income from continuing operations 

Net finance costs (income) 

Income tax expense 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

2019  

76,543  

22,342  

25,405  

59,028  

25,751  

16,838  

—  

—  

(10 ) 

(8,385 ) 

—  

2018*  

76,728  

(40 ) 

26,595  

52,392  

—  

15,460  

12,559  

—  

(312 ) 

(1,479 ) 

(1,249 ) 

2019  

2018*  

324,476  

291,994   

85,641  

101,503  

223,794  

102,573  

65,925  

—  

(10,787 ) 

(12 ) 

48,306   

90,224   

198,492   

—  

62,101   

12,559   

—  

(524 ) 

(28,613 ) 

(15,620 ) 

—  

(1,249 ) 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations 

217,512  

180,654  

864,500  

686,283   

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. More specifically, in 2019, $44.2 million of 
lease expenses have been included in Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, whereas in 2018, $152.0 million of operating lease expenses have been included 
in Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Segmented adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations reconciliation: 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Package and Courier 

Operating income 

Depreciation and amortization 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Operating income 

Depreciation and amortization 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Truckload 

Operating income 

Depreciation and amortization 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Logistics 

Operating income 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Loss on sale of land and buildings 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Corporate 

Operating loss 

Depreciation and amortization 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Three months ended  
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

29,943  

8,648  

82  

—  

34,409  

3,361  

—  

(1,249 ) 

109,106  

113,214   

33,012  

(1,117 ) 

13,232   

—  

—  

(1,249 ) 

38,673  

36,521  

141,001  

125,197   

25,498  

17,732  

—  

(1,947 ) 

41,283  

61,251  

64,599  

(10 ) 

23,461  

9,002  

(336 ) 

82  

109,199  

70,193  

—  

(11,346 ) 

85,132   

34,448   

(275 ) 

(2,299 ) 

32,209  

168,046  

117,006   

52,282  

48,654  

1  

254,998  

242,444  

207,723   

186,172   

(12 ) 

(279 ) 

(6,520 ) 

(1,561 ) 

(16,310 ) 

(12,909 ) 

119,320  

99,376  

481,120  

380,707   

18,752  

10,191  

—  

—  

—  

2,851  

6,122  

12,559  

—  

23  

76,370  

44,571  

—  

(10,787 ) 

—  

54,492   

24,267   

12,559  

—  

30   

28,943  

21,555  

110,154  

91,348   

(11,154 ) 

(9,720 ) 

(38,053 ) 

(30,037 ) 

447  

—  

713  

—  

2,072  

160  

2,474   

(412 ) 

(10,707 ) 

(9,007 ) 

(35,821 ) 

(27,975 ) 

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations is calculated as adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as a percentage of 
revenue before fuel surcharge. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Free cash flow conversion: Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations less net capital expenditures (excluding property), divided by 
the adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  25 

Net income from continuing operations 

Net finance costs (income) 

Income tax expense 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

2019  

76,543  

22,342  

25,405  

59,028  

25,751  

16,838  

—  

—  

(10 ) 

(8,385 ) 

—  

2018*  

76,728  

(40 ) 

26,595  

52,392  

—  

15,460  

12,559  

—  

(312 ) 

(1,479 ) 

(1,249 ) 

2019  

2018*  

324,476  

291,994   

85,641  

101,503  

223,794  

102,573  

65,925  

—  

(10,787 ) 

(12 ) 

48,306   

90,224   

198,492   

—  

62,101   

12,559   

—  

(524 ) 

(28,613 ) 

(15,620 ) 

—  

(1,249 ) 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations 

217,512  

180,654  

864,500  

686,283   

Additions to rolling stock and equipment 

(69,401 ) 

(94,549 ) 

(296,841 ) 

(298,661 ) 

Proceeds from sale of rolling stock and equipment 

27,497  

24,122  

96,227  

79,124   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations net of net capex, 

excluding property 

Free cash flow conversion 

175,608  

110,227  

663,886  

466,746   

80.7%  

61.0%  

76.8%  

68.0%  

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Free cash flow from continuing operations: Net cash from continuing operating activities less additions to property and equipment 
plus  proceeds  from  sale  of  property  and  equipment  and  assets  held  for  sale.  Management  believes  that  this  measure  provides  a 
benchmark to evaluate the performance of the Company in regard to its ability to meet capital requirements. See reconciliation on 
page 18. 

Operating margin from continuing operations is calculated as operating income (loss) from continuing operations as a percentage of 
revenue before fuel surcharge. 

Adjusted  operating  ratio  from  continuing  operations:  Operating  expenses  from  continuing  operations  before  impairment  of 
intangible assets, bargain  purchase gain, and gain  or  loss  on  sale of  land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and intangible  assets 
(“Adjusted operating expenses”),  net  of  fuel  surcharge  revenue, divided by  revenue  before fuel  surcharge.  Although  the  adjusted 
operating ratio is not a recognized financial measure defined by IFRS, it is a widely recognized measure in the transportation industry, 
which the Company believes provides a comparable benchmark for evaluating the Company’s performance. Also, to facilitate the 
comparison  of  business  level  activity  and  operating  costs  between  periods,  the  Company  compares  the  revenue  before  fuel 
surcharge (“revenue”) and reallocates the fuel surcharge revenue to materials and services expenses within operating expenses. 

Consolidated adjusted operating ratio from continuing operations reconciliation: 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Operating expenses 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Gain on sale of land and building 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

  1,181,197  

  1,218,162  

  4,667,244  

  4,692,684   

—  

—  

10  

8,385  

—  

(12,559 ) 

—  

(12,559 ) 

—  

312  

1,479  

1,249  

10,787  

12  

28,613  

—  

—  

524   

15,620   

1,249   

  1,189,592  

  1,208,643  

  4,706,656  

  4,697,518   

(139,011 ) 

(159,166 ) 

(565,235 ) 

(615,011 ) 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

  1,050,581  

  1,049,477  

  4,141,421  

  4,082,507   

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

  1,166,476  

  1,162,279  

  4,613,629  

  4,508,197   

90.1%  

90.3%  

89.8%  

90.6%  

*   The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 

permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less-Than-Truckload and Truckload reportable segments adjusted operating ratio reconciliation and Truckload operating segments 
reconciliations: 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  27 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Total revenue 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 

Operating expenses 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

231,421  

205,923  

25,498  

272,212  

248,751  

23,461  

964,951  

  1,057,396   

855,752  

109,199  

972,264   

85,132   

205,923  

248,751  

855,752  

972,264   

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 

1,947  

254  

11,346  

2,574   

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

Truckload 

Total revenue 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 

Operating expenses 

207,870  

249,005  

867,098  

974,838   

(31,703 ) 

(40,218 ) 

(132,738 ) 

(155,076 ) 

176,167  

199,718  

88.2%  

620,122  

558,871  

61,251  

208,787  

231,994  

90.0%  

734,360  

832,213  

88.2%  

819,762   

902,320   

90.9%  

610,161  

  2,509,752  

  2,388,865   

557,879  

  2,254,754  

  2,181,142   

52,282  

254,998  

207,723   

558,871  

557,879  

  2,254,754  

  2,181,142   

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 

6,530  

1,560  

16,322  

13,188   

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

Truckload – Revenue before fuel surcharge 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Specialized TL 

Eliminations 

Truckload – Fuel surcharge revenue 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Specialized TL 

Eliminations 

Truckload – Operating income 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Specialized TL 

565,401  

559,439  

  2,271,076  

  2,194,330   

(75,289 ) 

(81,997 ) 

(310,209 ) 

(324,277 ) 

490,112  

544,833  

90.0%  

477,442  

  1,960,867  

  1,870,053   

528,164  

  2,199,543  

  2,064,588   

90.4%  

89.1%  

90.6%  

206,810  

223,128  

74,803  

79,017  

858,214  

300,933  

264,591  

227,438  

  1,049,546  

880,631   

313,305   

877,463   

(1,371 ) 

(1,419 ) 

(9,150 ) 

(6,811 ) 

544,833  

528,164  

  2,199,543  

  2,064,588   

35,270  

10,133  

29,945  

43,034  

12,257  

26,815  

148,859  

170,673   

41,973  

49,693   

120,288  

104,464   

(59 ) 

(109 ) 

(911 ) 

(553 ) 

75,289  

81,997  

310,209  

324,277   

15,751  

10,562  

34,938  

61,251  

15,012  

11,172  

26,098  

52,282  

73,121  

43,264  

138,613  

254,998  

47,820   

47,793   

112,110   

207,723   

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

(unaudited)  
(in thousands of dollars) 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Operating expenses** 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Operating expenses** 

Three months ended 
December 31  

Years ended  
December 31  

2019  

2018*  

2019  

2018*  

226,329  

251,150  

933,952  

  1,003,484   

(35,270 ) 

(43,034 ) 

(148,859 ) 

(170,673 ) 

191,059  

206,810  

92.4%  

208,116  

223,128  

93.3%  

785,093  

858,214  

91.5%  

832,811   

880,631   

94.6%  

74,374  

80,102  

299,642  

315,205   

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 

11  

—  

11  

7,023   

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

Specialized TL 

Operating expenses** 

74,385  

80,102  

299,653  

322,228   

(10,133 ) 

(12,257 ) 

(41,973 ) 

(49,693 ) 

64,252  

74,803  

85.9%  

67,845  

79,017  

85.9%  

257,680  

300,933  

85.6%  

272,535   

313,305   

87.0%  

259,598  

228,155  

  1,031,221  

869,817   

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

6,519  

1,560  

16,311  

6,165   

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

266,117  

229,715  

  1,047,532  

875,982   

(29,945 ) 

(26,815 ) 

(120,288 ) 

(104,464 ) 

236,172  

264,591  

89.3%  

202,900  

927,244  

227,438  

  1,049,546  

771,518   

877,463   

89.2%  

88.3%  

87.9%  

* 

The  current  period  results  include  the  impacts  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  Leases  as  discussed  in  note  3  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  is 
permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. 

**  Operating expenses excluding intra TL eliminations 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

The  Company’s  future  results  may  be  affected  by  a  number 
of  factors  over  many  of  which  the  Company  has  little or  no 
control.  The  following  discussion  of  risk  factors  contains 
forward-looking 
issues, 
uncertainties  and  risks,  among  others,  should  be  considered 
in  evaluating  the  Company’s  business,  prospects,  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

statements. 

following 

The 

Competition. The Company faces growing competition from 
other transporters in Canada, the United States and Mexico. 
These  factors,  including  the  following,  could  impair  the 
Company’s ability to maintain or improve its profitability and 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s 
results of operations: 

• 

the Company competes with many other transportation 
companies of varying sizes, including Canadian, U.S. and 
Mexican transportation companies; 

TFI International 

• 

• 

• 

the Company’s competitors may periodically reduce their 
freight  rates  to  gain  business,  which  may  limit  the 
Company’s ability to maintain or increase freight rates or 
maintain growth in the Company’s business; 

the  Company’s 

some  of 
customers  are  other 
transportation companies or companies that also operate 
their own private trucking fleets, and they may decide to 
transport  more  of 
freight  or  bundle 
their  own 
transportation with other services; 

some  of  the  Company’s  customers  may  reduce  the 
number of carriers they use by selecting so-called “core 
carriers”  as  approved  service  providers  or  by  engaging 
dedicated providers, and in some instances the Company 
may not be selected; 

•  many  customers  periodically  accept  bids  from  multiple 
carriers  for  their  shipping  needs,  and  this  process  may 
depress freight rates or result in the loss of some of the 
Company’s business to competitors; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  market  for  qualified  drivers  is  highly  competitive, 
particularly  in  the  Company’s  growing  U.S.  operations, 
and the Company’s inability to attract and retain drivers 
could  reduce  its  equipment  utilization  and  cause  the 
Company  to  increase  compensation,  both  of  which 
would adversely affect the Company’s profitability; 

economies  of  scale  that  may  be  passed  on  to  smaller 
carriers  by  procurement  aggregation  providers  may 
improve their ability to compete with the Company; 

some of the Company’s smaller competitors may not yet 
be  fully  compliant  with  recently-enacted  regulations, 
such  as  regulations  requiring  the  use  of  electronic 
logging devices “ELDs” in the United States, which may 
allow  such  competitors  to  take  advantage  of  additional 
driver productivity; 

advances 
in  technology,  such  as  advanced  safety 
systems,  automated  package  sorting,  handling  and 
delivery,  vehicle  platooning,  alternative  fuel  vehicles, 
autonomous  vehicle  technology  and  digitization  of 
freight  services,  may  require  the  Company  to  increase 
investments  in  order  to  remain  competitive,  and  the 
Company’s  customers  may  not  be  willing  to  accept 
higher  freight  rates  to  cover  the  cost  of  these 
investments; 

the  Company’s  competitors  may  have  better  safety 
records  than  the  Company  or  a  perception  of  better 
safety records, which could impair the Company’s ability 
to compete; 

shippers, 

some  high-volume  package 
as 
Amazon.com,  are  developing  and  implementing  in-
house  delivery  capabilities  and  utilizing  independent 
contractors for deliveries, which could in turn reduce the 
Company’s revenues and market share; 

such 

the Company’s brand names may be subject to adverse 
publicity  (whether  or  not  justified)  and  lose  significant 
value,  which  could  result  in  reduced  demand  for  the 
Company’s services; 

competition  from  freight  brokerage  companies  may 
materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  customer 
relationships and freight rates; and 

higher fuel prices and, in turn, higher fuel surcharges to 
the  Company’s  customers  may  cause  some  of  the 
Company’s  customers  to  consider  freight  transportation 
alternatives, including rail transportation. 

Regulation. In Canada, carriers must obtain licenses issued by 
provincial  transport  boards  in  order  to  carry  goods  inter-
provincially  or  to  transport  goods  within  any  province. 
Licensing from U.S. and Mexican regulatory authorities is also 
required  for  the  transportation  of  goods  in  Canada,  the 
United  States,  and  Mexico.  Any  change  in  or  violation  of 
existing  or  future  regulations  could  have  an  adverse  impact 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  29 

on  the  scope  of  the  Company’s  activities.  Future  laws  and 
regulations  may  be  more  stringent,  require  changes  in  the 
Company’s  operating  practices,  influence  the  demand  for 
transportation  services  or  require  the  Company  to  incur 
significant  additional  costs.  Higher  costs  incurred  by  the 
Company, or by the Company’s suppliers who pass the costs 
onto  the  Company  through  higher  supplies  and  materials 
pricing,  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  results  of 
operations. 

including 

In addition to the regulatory regime applicable to operations 
in  Canada,  the  Company  is  increasing  its  operations  in  the 
United  States,  and  is  therefore  increasingly  subject  to  rules 
and  regulations  related  to  the  U.S.  transportation  industry, 
including  regulation  from  various  federal,  state  and  local 
agencies, 
the  Department  of  Transportation 
(“DOT”)  (in  part  through  the  Federal  Motor  Carrier  Safety 
Administration  (“FMCSA”)),  the  Environmental  Protection 
Agency  (“EPA”)  and  the  Department  of  Homeland  Security. 
Drivers must, both in Canada and the United States, comply 
with safety and fitness regulations, including those relating to 
drug and alcohol testing, driver safety performance and hours 
of  service.  Weight  and  dimensions,  exhaust  emissions  and 
fuel efficiency are also subject to government regulation. The 
Company may also become subject to new or more restrictive 
regulations  relating  to  fuel  efficiency,  exhaust  emissions, 
hours  of  service,  drug  and  alcohol  testing,  ergonomics,  on-
board  reporting  of  operations,  collective  bargaining,  security 
at  ports,  speed  limitations,  driver  training  and  other  matters 
affecting safety or operating methods.  

In  the  United  States,  there  are  currently  two  methods  of 
evaluating the safety and fitness of carriers: the Compliance, 
Safety, Accountability (“CSA”) program, which evaluates and 
ranks  fleets  on  certain  safety-related  standards  by  analyzing 
data from recent safety events and investigation results, and 
the  DOT  safety  rating,  which  is  based  on  an  on-site 
investigation  and  affects  a  carrier’s  ability  to  operate  in 
interstate  commerce.  Additionally,  the  FMCSA  has  proposed 
rules in the past that would change the methodologies used 
to determine carrier safety and fitness.  

Indicator 

Under  the  CSA  program,  carriers  are  evaluated  and  ranked 
against  their  peers  based  on  seven  categories  of  safety-
related  data.  The  seven  categories  of  safety-related  data 
currently 
include  Unsafe  Driving,  Hours-of-Service 
Compliance,  Driver  Fitness,  Controlled  Substances/Alcohol, 
Vehicle  Maintenance,  Hazardous  Materials  Compliance  and 
Crash 
(such  categories  known  as  “BASICs”). 
Carriers are grouped by category with other carriers that have 
a similar number of safety events (i.e. crashes, inspections, or 
violations)  and  carriers  are  ranked  and  assigned  a  rating 
percentile or score. If the Company were subject to any such 
interventions,  this  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. As a result, the Company’s fleet could be ranked 
poorly  as  compared  to  peer  carriers.  There  is  no  guarantee 
that we will be able to maintain our current safety ratings or 
that we will not be subject to interventions in the future. The 

2019 Annual Report 

 
30  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Company recruits first-time drivers to be part of its fleet, and 
these drivers may have a higher likelihood of creating adverse 
safety  events  under  CSA.  The  occurrence  of 
future 
deficiencies  could  affect  driver  recruitment  in  the  United 
States  by  causing  high-quality  drivers  to  seek  employment 
with  other  carriers  or  limit  the  pool  of  available  drivers  or 
could cause the Company’s customers to direct their business 
away  from  the  Company  and  to  carriers  with  higher  fleet 
safety  rankings,  either  of  which  would  materially  adversely 
affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results 
of  operations.  In  addition,  future  deficiencies  could  increase 
the Company’s insurance expenses. Additionally, competition 
for  drivers  with  favorable  safety  backgrounds  may  increase, 
which 
in  driver-related 
compensation costs. Further, the Company may incur greater 
than  expected  expenses 
improve 
in 
unfavorable scores. 

could  necessitate 

its  attempts 

increases 

to 

In December 2015, the U.S. Congress passed a new highway 
funding bill called Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act 
(the “FAST Act”), which calls for significant CSA reform. The 
FAST Act directs the FMCSA to conduct studies of the scoring 
system  used  to  generate  CSA  rankings  to  determine  if  it  is 
effective in identifying high-risk carriers and predicting future 
crash  risk.  This  study  was  conducted  and  delivered  to  the 
FMCSA in June 2017 with several recommendations to make 
the  CSA  program  more  fair,  accurate  and  reliable.  In  June 
2018,  the  FMCSA  provided  a  report  to  the  U.S.  Congress 
outlining  the  changes  it  may  make  to  the  CSA  program  in 
response to the study. Such changes include the testing and 
possible adoption of a revised risk modeling theory, potential 
collection  and  dissemination  of  additional  carrier  data  and 
revised measures for intervention thresholds. The adoption of 
such  changes  is  contingent  on  the  results  of  the  new 
modeling  theory  and  additional  public  feedback.  Thus,  it  is 
unclear if, when and to what extent such changes to the CSA 
program  will  occur.  The  FAST  Act  is  set  to  expire  in 
September 2020, and the U.S. Congress has noted its intent 
to consider a multiyear highway measure that would update 
the FAST Act, which could lead to further changes to the CSA 
program.  Any  changes  that  increase  the  likelihood  of  the 
Company  receiving  unfavorable  scores  could  materially 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and 
profitability. 

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing 
a  national  clearinghouse  for  drug  and alcohol  testing  results 
and  requiring  motor  carriers  and  medical  review  officers  to 
provide records of violations by commercial drivers of FMCSA 
drug and  alcohol  testing  requirements.  Motor  carriers in  the 
United States  will  be  required  to  query  the  clearinghouse  to 
ensure drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of 
federal  drug  and  alcohol  testing  regulations  that  prohibit 
them  from  operating  commercial  motor  vehicles.  The  final 
rule became effective on January 4, 2017, with a compliance 
date  of  January  6,  2020.  In  December  2019,  however,  the 
FMCSA  announced  a  final  rule  pursuant  to  which  the 
compliance  date  for  state  driver’s  licensing  agencies  for 
certain  Drug  and  Alcohol  Clearinghouse  requirements  were 

TFI International 

license  rule 

extended  for  three  years.  The  December  2016  commercial 
driver’s 
initially  required  states  to  request 
information from the clearinghouse about individuals prior to 
issuing,  renewing,  upgrading  or  transferring  a  commercial 
driver’s  license.  This  new  action  will  allow  states  to  delay 
compliance with the requirement until January 2023.  

In addition, other rules have been recently proposed or made 
final  by  the  FMCSA,  including  (i)  a  rule  requiring  the  use  of 
speed-limiting  devices  on  heavy-duty  tractors  to  restrict 
maximum speeds, which was proposed in 2016, and (ii) a rule 
setting out minimum driver training standards for new drivers 
applying for commercial driver’s licenses for the first time and 
to  experienced  drivers  upgrading  their  licenses  or  seeking  a 
hazardous  materials  endorsement,  which  was  made  final  in 
December  2016  with  a  compliance  date  in  February  2020 
(FMCSA officials recently delayed implementation of the final 
rule by  two  years).  In  July  2017,  the  DOT announced  that  it 
would no longer pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the 
possibility that it could resume such a pursuit in the future. In 
2019  U.S.  Congressional  representatives  proposed  a  similar 
rule  related  to  speed  limiting  devices.  The  effect  of  these 
rules,  to  the  extent  they  become  effective,  could  result  in  a 
decrease  in  fleet  production  and/or  driver  availability,  either 
of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company currently has a satisfactory DOT rating for each 
of  its  U.S.  operations,  which  is  the  highest  available  rating 
under the current safety rating scale. If the Company were to 
receive  a  conditional  or  unsatisfactory  DOT  safety  rating,  it 
could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business, 
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  as  customer 
contracts may require a satisfactory DOT safety rating, and a 
conditional or unsatisfactory rating could materially adversely 
affect  or  restrict  the  Company’s  operations  and increase  the 
Company’s insurance costs.  

The FMCSA has proposed regulations that would modify the 
existing rating system and the safety labels assigned to motor 
carriers  evaluated  by  the  DOT.  Under  regulations  that  were 
proposed  in  2016,  the  methodology  for  determining  a 
carrier’s DOT safety rating would be expanded to include the 
on-road  safety  performance  of  the  carrier’s  drivers  and 
equipment,  as  well  as  results  obtained  from  investigations. 
Exceeding  certain  thresholds  based  on  such  performance  or 
results would cause a carrier to receive an unfit safety rating. 
The  proposed  regulations  were  withdrawn  in  March  2017, 
but the FMCSA noted that a similar process may be initiated 
in  the  future.  If  similar  regulations  were  enacted  and  the 
Company  were  to  receive  an  unfit  or  other  negative  safety 
rating, the Company’s business would be materially adversely 
affected in the same manner as if it received a conditional or 
unsatisfactory  safety  rating  under  the  current  regulations.  In 
addition, poor safety performance could lead to increased risk 
of liability, increased insurance, maintenance and equipment 
costs and potential loss of customers, which could materially 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition 
recently 
and 

results  of  operations.  The  FMCSA  also 

 
announced plans to conduct a new study on the causation of 
certain  crashes.  Although  it  remains  unclear  whether  such  a 
study  will  ultimately  be  undertaken  and  completed,  the 
results  of  such  a  study  could  spur  further  proposed  and/or 
final rules regarding safety and fitness in the United States. 

From  time  to  time,  the  FMCSA  proposes  and  implements 
changes  to  regulations  impacting  hours-of-service.  Such 
changes  can  negatively  impact  the  Company’s  productivity 
and  affect  its  operations  and  profitability  by  reducing  the 
number of hours per day or week the Company’s U.S. drivers 
and independent contractors may operate and/or disrupt the 
Company’s  network.  In  August  2019,  the  FMCSA  issued  a 
proposal  to  make  changes  to  its  hours-of-service  rules  that 
would  allow  U.S.  truck  drivers  more  flexibility  with  their  30-
minute rest break and with dividing their time in the sleeper 
berth.  It  would  also  extend  by  two  hours  the  duty  time  for 
drivers  encountering  adverse  weather,  and  extend  the  short 
haul exemption by lengthening the drivers’ maximum on-duty 
period from 12 hours to 14 hours. It is unclear how long the 
process of finalizing a final rule will take, if one does come to 
fruition.  Any  future  changes  to  hours  of  service  regulations 
could  materially  and  adversely  affect 
the  Company’s 
operations and profitability. 

The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the 
EPA  and  certain  U.S.  states,  including  California,  have 
adopted  regulations  that  are  aimed  at  reducing  tractor 
emissions  and/or  increasing  fuel  economy  of  the  equipment 
the Company uses. Certain of these regulations are currently 
effective,  with  stricter  emission  and  fuel  economy  standards 
becoming  effective  over  the  next  several  years.  Other 
regulations  have  been  proposed  in  the  United  States  that 
would  similarly  increase  these  standards.  U.S.  federal  and 
state  lawmakers  and  regulators  have  also  adopted  or  are 
considering  a  variety  of  other  climate-change 
legal 
requirements  related  to  carbon  emissions  and  greenhouse 
gas emissions. These legal requirements could potentially limit 
carbon  emissions  within  certain  states  and  municipalities  in 
the United States. Certain of these legal requirements restrict 
the location and amount of time that diesel-powered tractors 
(like the Company’s) may idle, which may force the Company 
to  purchase  on-board  power  units  that  do  not  require  the 
engine  to  idle  or  to  alter  the  Company’s  drivers’  behavior, 
which  might  result  in  a  decrease  in  productivity  and/or  an 
increase  in  driver  turnover.  All  of  these  regulations  have 
increased,  and  may  continue  to  increase,  the  cost  of  new 
tractors and trailers and may require the Company to retrofit 
certain  of 
its 
maintenance  costs, and  could  impair equipment  productivity 
and  increase  the  Company’s  operating  costs,  particularly  if 
such  costs  are  not  offset  by  potential  fuel  savings.  The 
occurrence  of  any  of  these  adverse  effects,  combined  with 
the  uncertainty  as  to  the  reliability  of  the  newly-designed 
diesel  engines  and  the  residual  values  of  the  Company’s 
equipment,  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. 
Furthermore,  any  future  regulations  that  impose  restrictions, 
caps,  taxes  or  other  controls  on  emissions  of  greenhouse 

trailers,  may 

tractors  and 

increase 

its 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  31 

gases  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  operations  and 
financial  results.  The  Company  cannot  predict  the  extent  to 
which its operations and productivity will be impacted by any 
future regulations. The Company will continue monitoring its 
compliance  with  U.S.  federal  and  state  environmental 
regulations. 

In March 2014, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held 
that the application of California state wage and hour laws to 
interstate truck drivers is not pre-empted by U.S. federal law. 
The  case  was  appealed  to  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court,  which 
denied  certiorari  in  May  2015,  and  accordingly,  the  Ninth 
Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  decision  stands.  However,  in 
December  2018,  the  FMCSA  granted  a  petition  filed  by  the 
American Trucking Associations determining that federal law 
pre-empts  California’s  wage  and  hour  laws,  and  interstate 
truck  drivers  are  not  subject  to  such  laws.  The  FMCSA’s 
decision  has  been  appealed  by  labour  groups  and  multiple 
lawsuits  have  been  filed  in  U.S.  federal  courts  seeking  to 
overturn the decision, and thus it is uncertain whether it will 
stand. Current and future U.S. state and local wage and hour 
laws, including laws related to employee meal breaks and rest 
periods, may vary significantly from U.S. federal law. Further, 
driver piece rate compensation, which is an industry standard, 
has  been  attacked  as  non-compliant  with  state  minimum 
wage  laws.  As  a  result,  the  Company,  along  with  other 
companies in the industry, is subject to an uneven patchwork 
of  wage  and  hour  laws  throughout  the  United  States.  In 
addition,  the  uncertainty  with  respect  to  the  practical 
application of wage and hour laws are, in the future may be, 
resulting in additional costs for the Company and the industry 
as  a  whole,  and  a  negative  outcome  with  respect  to  any  of 
the  above-mentioned  lawsuits  could  materially  affect  the 
Company. There is proposed federal legislation to solidify the 
pre-emption of state and local wage and hour laws applied to 
interstate  truck  drivers;  however,  passage  of  such  legislation 
is  uncertain.  If  U.S.  federal  legislation  is  not  passed,  the 
Company  will  either  need  to  continue  complying  with  the 
most  restrictive  state  and  local  laws  across  its  entire  fleet  in 
the  United  States,  or  revise  its  management  systems  to 
comply  with  varying  state  and  local  laws.  Either  solution 
could result in increased compliance and labour costs, driver 
turnover,  decreased  efficiency  and  increased  risk  of  non-
compliance. In April 2016, the Food and Drug Administration 
(“FDA”)  published  a  final  rule  establishing  requirements  for 
shippers,  loaders,  carriers  by  motor  vehicle  and  rail  vehicle, 
and  receivers  engaged  in  the  transportation  of  food,  to  use 
sanitary  transportation  practices  to  ensure  the  safety  of  the 
food they transport as part of the FSMA. This rule sets forth 
requirements  related  to  (i)  the  design  and  maintenance  of 
equipment  used  to  transport  food,  (ii)  the  measures  taken 
during  food  transportation  to  ensure  food  safety,  (iii)  the 
training  of  carrier  personnel  in  sanitary  food  transportation 
practices,  and  (iv)  maintenance  and  retention  of  records  of 
written  procedures,  agreements,  and  training  related  to  the 
foregoing  items.  These  requirements  took  effect  for  larger 
carriers in April 2017 and apply to the Company when it acts 
as a carrier or as a broker. If the Company is found to be in 
violation  of  applicable  laws  or  regulations  related  to  the 

2019 Annual Report 

 
32  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

FSMA  or  if  the  Company  transports  food  or  goods  that  are 
contaminated or are found to cause illness and/or death, the 
Company  could  be  subject  to  substantial  fines,  lawsuits, 
penalties and/or criminal and civil liability, any of which could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition, and results of operations.  

Changes  in  existing  regulations  and  implementation  of  new 
regulations,  such  as  those  related  to  trailer  size  limits, 
emissions  and  fuel  economy,  hours  of  service,  mandating 
ELDs  and  drug  and  alcohol  testing  in  Canada,  the  United 
States and Mexico, could increase capacity in the industry or 
improve  the  position  of  certain  competitors,  either  of  which 
could  negatively  impact  pricing  and  volumes  or  require 
additional  investments  by  the Company. The  short-term  and 
long-term impacts of changes in legislation or regulations are 
difficult  to  predict  and  could  materially  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s results of operations. 

The right to continue to hold applicable licenses and permits 
is  generally  subject  to  maintaining  satisfactory  compliance 
with  regulatory  and  safety  guidelines,  policies  and  laws. 
Although  the  Company  is  committed  to  compliance  with 
laws  and  safety,  there  is  no  assurance  that  it  will  be  in  full 
compliance  with  them  at  all  times.  Consequently,  at  some 
future  time,  the  Company  could  be  required  to  incur 
significant costs to maintain or improve its compliance record. 

United States and Mexican operations. A growing portion of 
the  Company’s  revenue  is  derived  from  operations  in  the 
United  States  and  transportation  to  and  from  Mexico.  The 
Company’s international operations are subject to a variety of 
risks,  including  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies,  changes  in 
the  economic  strength  or  greater  volatility  in  the  economies 
of  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  does  business, 
difficulties  in  enforcing  contractual  rights  and  intellectual 
property  rights,  compliance  burdens  associated  with  export 
and import laws, theft or vandalism, and social, political and 
economic instability. The Company’s international operations 
could  be  adversely  affected  by  restrictions  on  travel. 
Additional  risks  associated  with  the  Company’s  international 
operations  include  restrictive  trade  policies,  imposition  of 
duties, changes to trade agreements and other treaties, taxes 
or  government  royalties  by  foreign  governments,  adverse 
changes in the regulatory environments, including in tax laws 
and  regulations,  of  the  foreign  countries  in  which  the 
Company does business, compliance with anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery  laws,  restrictions  on  the  withdrawal  of  foreign 
investments,  the  ability  to  identify  and  retain  qualified  local 
managers  and  the  challenge  of  managing  a  culturally  and 
geographically  diverse  operation.  The  Company  cannot 
guarantee compliance with all applicable laws, and violations 
could  result  in  substantial  fines,  sanctions,  civil  or  criminal 
penalties,  competitive  or  reputational  harm,  litigation  or 
regulatory  action  and  other  consequences  that  might 
adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. 

The  United  States  has  imposed  tariffs  on  certain  imported 
steel  and  aluminum.  The  implementation  of  these  tariffs,  as 
well  as  the  imposition  of  additional  tariffs  or  quotas  or 

TFI International 

changes to certain trade agreements, including tariffs applied 
to goods traded between the United States and China, could, 
among other things, increase the costs of the materials used 
by  the  Company’s  suppliers  to  produce  new  revenue 
equipment  or  increase  the  price  of  fuel.  Such  cost  increases 
for the Company’s revenue equipment suppliers would likely 
be passed on to the Company, and to the extent fuel prices 
increase, the Company may not be able to fully recover such 
increases  through  rate  increases  or  the  Company’s  fuel 
surcharge  program,  either  of  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

The  United  States-Mexico-Canada  Agreement  (“USMCA”) 
has  been  ratified  by  the  United  States  and Mexico but must 
be ratified by the Parliament of Canada before it enters into 
effect.  The  USMCA  is  designed  to  modernize  food  and 
agriculture trade, advance rules of origin for automobiles and 
trucks, and enhance intellectual property protections, among 
other  matters,  according  to  the  Office  of  the  U.S.  Trade 
Representative.  The  USMCA  is  now  in  the  process  of  being 
ratified by each country. It is difficult to predict at this stage 
what  could  be  the  impact  of  the  USMCA  on  the  economy, 
including  the  transportation  industry.  However,  given  the 
amount of North American trade that moves by truck, if the 
USMCA enters into effect, it could have a significant impact 
on  supply  and  demand  in  the  transportation  industry,  and 
could adversely impact the amount, movement and patterns 
of freight transported by the Company.  

In December 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive 
tax  legislation,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  2017  Tax  Cuts 
and  Jobs  Act.  The  new  law  requires  complex  computations 
not  previously  required  by  U.S.  tax  law.  The  Treasury  has 
issued  final  regulations and  interpretive  guidance  on  specific 
areas since the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, but 
there  remain  significant  regulations  that  are  still  awaiting 
finalization.  The  finalization  of  these  proposed  regulations 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s 
results  in  future  periods.  Further,  compliance  with  the  new 
law  and 
require 
information  not  previously 
preparation  and  analysis  of 
required  or  regularly  produced. 
In  addition,  the  U.S. 
issue 
Department  of  Treasury  has  broad  authority  to 
regulations and interpretative guidance that may significantly 
impact how the Company will apply the law and impact the 
Company’s results of operations in future periods. The timing 
and scope of such regulations and interpretative guidance are 
uncertain.  In  addition,  there  is  a  risk  that  states  within  the 
United  States  or  foreign  jurisdictions  may  amend  their  tax 
laws  in  response  to  these  tax  reforms,  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s results.  

for  such  provisions 

the  accounting 

In addition, if the Company is unable to maintain its Free and 
Secure  Trade  (“FAST”)  and  U.S.  Customs  Trade  Partnership 
Against  Terrorism  (“C-TPAT”)  certification  statuses,  it  may 
have  significant  border  delays,  which  could  cause  its  cross-
border  operations  to  be 
less  efficient  than  those  of 
competitor carriers that obtain or continue to maintain FAST 
and C-TPAT certifications. 

 
Operating  Environment  and  Seasonality.  The  Company  is 
exposed to the following factors, among others, affecting its 
operating environment: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  Company’s  future  insurance  and  claims  expense, 
including the cost of its liability insurance premiums and 
the  number  and  dollar  amount  of  claims,  may  exceed 
historical  levels,  which  would  require  the  Company  to 
incur  additional  costs  and  could  reduce  the  Company’s 
earnings;  

a  decline  in  the  demand  for  used  revenue  equipment 
could  result  in  decreased  equipment  sales,  lower  resale 
values  and  lower  gains  (or  recording  losses)  on  sales  of 
assets; 

trailer 

reduce 

vendors  may 

tractor  and 
their 
manufacturing output  in  response  to  lower  demand  for 
their  products  in  economic  downturns  or  shortages  of 
component  parts,  which  may materially  adversely  affect 
the  Company’s  ability  to  purchase  a  quantity  of  new 
revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired 
growth rate; and 

increased  prices  for  new  revenue  equipment,  design 
changes  of  new  engines,  reduced  equipment  efficiency 
resulting 
reduce 
emissions,  or  decreased  availability  of  new  revenue 
equipment. 

from  new  engines  designed 

to 

season  because 

inclement  weather 

The  Company’s  tractor  productivity  decreases  during  the 
winter 
impedes 
operations  and  some  shippers  reduce  their  shipments  after 
the  winter  holiday  season.  Revenue  may  also  be  adversely 
affected by inclement weather and holidays, since revenue is 
directly related to available working days of shippers. At the 
same  time,  operating  expenses  increase  and  fuel  efficiency 
declines because of engine idling and harsh weather creating 
higher  accident  frequency,  increased  claims  and  higher 
equipment repair expenditures. The Company may also suffer 
from  weather-related  or  other  unforeseen  events  such  as 
tornadoes,  hurricanes,  blizzards,  ice  storms,  floods,  fires, 
earthquakes  and  explosions.  These  events  may  disrupt  fuel 
supplies,  increase  fuel  costs,  disrupt  freight  shipments  or 
routes,  affect  regional  economies,  damage  or  destroy  the 
Company’s assets or adversely affect the business or financial 
condition  of  the  Company’s  customers,  any  of  which  could 
materially  adversely  affect 
results  of 
operations  or  make  the  Company’s  results  of  operations 
more volatile. 

the  Company’s 

General  Economic,  Credit,  and  Business  Conditions.  The 
Company’s  business  is  subject  to  general  economic,  credit, 
business  and  regulatory  factors  that  are  largely  beyond  the 
Company’s control, and which could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s operating results. 

The  Company’s  industry  is  subject  to  cyclical  pressures,  and 
the Company’s business is dependent on a number of factors 
that  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  results  of 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  33 

operations,  many  of  which  are  beyond  the  Company’s 
control.  The  Company  believes  that  some  of  the  most 
significant of these factors include (i) excess tractor and trailer 
capacity  in  the  transportation  industry  in  comparison  with 
shipping  demand;  (ii)  declines  in  the  resale  value  of  used 
equipment;  (iii)  recruiting  and  retaining  qualified  drivers;  (iv) 
strikes,  work  stoppages  or  work  slowdowns  at 
the 
Company’s  facilities  or  at  customer,  port,  border  crossing or 
other  shipping-related  facilities;  (v)  compliance  with ongoing 
regulatory  requirements;  (vi)  increases  in  interest  rates,  fuel 
taxes,  tolls  and  license  and  registration  fees;  and  (vii)  rising 
healthcare costs in the United States.  

The  Company  is  also  affected  by  (i)  recessionary  economic 
cycles, which tend to be characterized by weak demand and 
downward  pressure  on  rates;  (ii)  changes  in  customers’ 
inventory  levels  and  in  the  availability  of  funding  for  their 
working  capital;  (iii)  changes  in  the  way  in  which  the 
Company’s  customers  choose  to  source  or  utilize  the 
Company’s  services;  and 
in  customers’ 
business cycles, such as retail and manufacturing, where the 
Company  has  significant  customer  concentration.  Economic 
conditions may adversely affect customers and their demand 
for and ability to pay for the Company’s services. Customers 
encountering  adverse  economic  conditions  represent  a 
greater potential for loss and the Company may be required 
to increase its allowance for doubtful accounts. 

(iv)  downturns 

Economic  conditions  that  decrease  shipping  demand  and 
increase the supply of available tractors and trailers can exert 
downward  pressure  on  rates  and  equipment  utilization, 
thereby  decreasing  asset  productivity.  The  risks  associated 
with  these  factors  are  heightened  when  the  economy  is 
weakened.  Some  of  the  principal  risks  during  such  times 
include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  Company  may  experience  a  reduction  in  overall 
freight  levels,  which  may  impair  the  Company’s  asset 
utilization; 

freight  patterns  may  change  as  supply  chains  are 
redesigned,  resulting  in  an  imbalance  between  the 
Company’s  capacity  and  assets  and  customers’  freight 
demand; 

the Company may be forced to accept more loads from 
freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or 
may  be  forced  to  incur  more  non-revenue  generating 
miles to obtain loads; 

the  Company  may  increase  the  size  of  its  fleet  during 
its 
periods  of  high  freight  demand  during  which 
competitors  also 
increase  their  capacity,  and  the 
Company may experience losses in greater amounts than 
such  competitors  during  subsequent  cycles  of  softened 
freight demand if the Company is required to dispose of 
assets at a loss to match reduced freight demand; 

• 

customers  may  solicit  bids  for  freight  from  multiple 
trucking  companies  or  select  competitors  that  offer 

2019 Annual Report 

 
34  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

lower  rates  in  an  attempt  to  lower  their  costs,  and  the 
Company may be forced to lower its rates or lose freight; 
and 

• 

lack  of  access  to  current  sources  of  credit  or  lack  of 
lender access to capital, leading to an inability to secure 
credit financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. 

reduce 

that  could  materially 

The Company is subject to cost increases that are outside the 
Company’s  control 
the 
Company’s  profitability  if  it  is  unable  to  increase  its  rates 
sufficiently.  Such  cost  increases  include,  but  are  not  limited 
to,  increases  in  fuel  and  energy  prices,  driver  and  office 
employee  wages,  purchased  transportation  costs,  taxes, 
interest  rates,  tolls,  license  and  registration  fees,  insurance 
premiums  and  claims,  revenue  equipment  and  related 
maintenance,  and  tires  and  other  components.  Strikes  or 
other work stoppages at the Company’s service centres or at 
customer,  port,  border  or  other 
locations, 
deterioration  of  Canadian,  U.S.  or  Mexican  transportation 
infrastructure and reduced investment in such infrastructure, 
or  actual  or  threatened  armed  conflicts  or  terrorist  attacks, 
efforts  to  combat  terrorism,  military action  against  a  foreign 
state  or  group  located  in  a  foreign  state  or  heightened 
security requirements could lead to wear, tear and damage to 
the  Company’s  equipment,  driver  dissatisfaction,  reduced 
economic  demand,  reduced  availability  of  credit,  increased 
prices for fuel or temporary closing of the shipping locations 
or  borders  between  Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 
Further,  the  Company  may  not  be  able  to  appropriately 
adjust  its  costs  and  staffing  levels  to  meet  changing  market 
demands.  In  periods  of  rapid  change,  it  is  more  difficult  to 
match the Company’s staffing level to its business needs. 

shipping 

its 
The  Company’s  operations,  with  the  exception  of 
brokerage operations, are capital intensive and asset heavy. If 
anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the 
Company  may  have  too  many  or  too  few  assets.  During 
periods of decreased customer demand, the Company’s asset 
utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment 
on  the  open  market  or  turn  in  equipment  under  certain 
equipment  leases  in  order  to  right  size  its  fleet.  This  could 
cause  the  Company  to  incur  losses  on  such  sales  or  require 
payments in connection with equipment the Company turns 
in,  particularly  during  times  of  a  softer  used  equipment 
market, either of which could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s profitability. 

Although  the  Company’s  business  volume  is  not  highly 
concentrated,  its  customers’  financial  failures  or  loss  of 
customer  business  may  materially  adversely  affect 
the 
Company. If the Company were unable to generate sufficient 
cash from operations, it would need to seek alternative sources 
of capital, including financing, to meet its capital requirements. 
In  the  event  that  the  Company  were  unable  to  generate 
sufficient  cash  from  operations  or  obtain  financing  on 
favorable terms in the future, it may have to limit its fleet size, 
enter into less favorable financing arrangements or operate its 
revenue  equipment  for  longer  periods,  any  of  which  could 
have a materially adverse effect on its profitability. 

TFI International 

Interest  Rate  Fluctuations.  Future  cash  flows  related  to 
variable-rate financial liabilities could be impacted by changes 
in  benchmark  rates  such  as  Bankers’  Acceptance  or  London 
Interbank  Offered  Rate  (Libor).  In  addition,  the  Company  is 
exposed  to gains  and  losses  arising  from  changes  in  interest 
rates through its derivative financial instruments carried at fair 
value. 

Currency  Fluctuations.  The  Company’s  financial  results  are 
reported  in  Canadian  dollars  and  a  growing  portion  of  the 
Company’s  revenue  and  operating  costs  are  realized  in 
currencies other than the Canadian dollar, primarily the U.S. 
dollar. The exchange rates between these currencies and the 
Canadian dollar have fluctuated in recent years and will likely 
continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to mitigate 
all  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates.  The  results  of  operations  are  therefore  affected  by 
movements of these currencies against the Canadian dollar. 

futures 

Price  and  Availability  of  Fuel.  Fuel  is  one  of  the  Company’s 
largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly 
due  to  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control,  such  as 
political  events,  commodity 
trading,  currency 
fluctuations,  natural  and  man-made  disasters,  terrorist 
activities  and  armed  conflicts,  any  of  which  may  lead  to  an 
increase  in  the  cost  of  fuel.  Fuel  prices  are  also  affected  by 
the rising demand for fuel in developing countries and could 
be materially adversely affected by the use of crude oil and oil 
reserves  for  purposes  other  than  fuel  production  and  by 
diminished drilling activity. Such events may lead not only to 
increases  in  fuel  prices,  but  also  to  fuel  shortages  and 
disruptions in  the  fuel  supply  chain.  Because  the  Company’s 
operations  are  dependent  upon  diesel  fuel,  significant  diesel 
fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

While  the  Company  has  fuel  surcharge  programs  in  place 
with  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  customers,  which 
historically  have  helped  the  Company  offset  the  majority  of 
the  negative  impact  of  rising  fuel  prices,  the  Company  also 
incurs fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect 
to  customers  with  which  the  Company  maintains  fuel 
surcharge  programs,  such  as  those  associated  with  non-
revenue  generating  miles  or  time  when  the  Company’s 
engines  are  idling.  Moreover,  the  terms  of  each  customer’s 
fuel  surcharge  program  vary  from  one  division  to  another, 
and the recoverability for fuel price increases varies as well. In 
addition, because the Company’s fuel surcharge recovery lags 
behind changes in fuel prices, the Company’s fuel surcharge 
recovery  may  not  capture  the  increased  costs  the  Company 
pays for fuel, especially when prices are rising. This could lead 
to  fluctuations  in  the  Company’s  levels  of  reimbursement, 
such as has occurred in the past. There can be no assurance 
that  such  fuel  surcharges  can  be  maintained  indefinitely  or 
that they will be fully effective. 

Insurance.  The  Company’s  operations  are  subject  to  risks 
inherent  in  the  transportation  sector,  including  personal 
injury,  property  damage,  workers’  compensation  and 

 
issues.  The  Company’s  future 
employment  and  other 
insurance  and  claims  expenses  may  exceed  historical  levels, 
which  could  reduce  the  Company’s  earnings.  The  Company 
subscribes  for  insurance  in  amounts  it  considers  appropriate 
in  the  circumstances  and  having  regard  to  industry  norms. 
Like  many  in  the  industry,  the  Company  self-insures  a 
significant  portion  of  the  claims  exposure  related  to  cargo 
loss,  bodily  injury,  workers’  compensation  and  property 
damages.  Due  to  the  Company’s  significant  self-insured 
amounts,  the  Company  has  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  the 
number or severity of claims and the risk of being required to 
accrue or pay additional amounts if the Company’s estimates 
are  revised  or  claims  ultimately  prove  to  be  in  excess  of  the 
amounts  originally  assessed.  Further,  the  Company’s  self-
insured  retention  levels  could  change  and  result  in  more 
volatility than in recent years. 

The Company holds a fully-fronted policy of CAD $10 million 
limit  per  occurrence  for  automobile  bodily  injury,  property 
damage  and  commercial  general  liability  for  its  Canadian 
Insurance  Program,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  The 
Company retains a deductible of US $2.25 million for certain 
U.S.  subsidiaries  on  their  primary  US  $5  million  limit  policies 
for  automobile  bodily  injury  and  property  damage,  also 
subject  to  certain  exceptions,  and  a  50%  quota  share 
deductible  for  the  US  $5  million  limit  in  excess  of  US  $5 
million.  The  Company  retains  a  deductible  of  US  $1  million 
on  its  primary  US  $5  million  limit  policy  for  certain  U.S. 
subsidiaries  for  commercial  general  liability.  The  Company 
retains deductibles of up to US $1 million per occurrence for 
workers’  compensation  claims.  The  Company’s 
liability 
coverage has a total limit of US  $100 million per occurrence 
for both its Canadian and U.S. divisions. 

Although the Company believes its aggregate insurance limits 
should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is 
possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed 
the  Company’s  aggregate  coverage  limits  or  that  the 
Company  will  chose  not  to  obtain  insurance  in  respect  of 
such  claims.  If  any  claim  were  to  exceed  the  Company’s 
coverage, the Company would bear the excess, in addition to 
the  Company’s  other  self-insured  amounts.  The  Company’s 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be 
materially  and  adversely  affected  if  (i)  cost  per  claim  or  the 
number  of  claims  significantly  exceeds  the  Company’s 
coverage  limits  or  retention  amounts;  (ii)  the  Company 
experiences  a  claim  in  excess  of  its  coverage  limits;  (iii)  the 
Company’s  insurance  carriers  fail  to  pay  on  the  Company’s 
insurance  claims;  (iv)  the  Company  experiences  a  significant 
increase in premiums; or (v) the Company experiences a claim 
for  which  coverage  is  not  provided,  either  because  the 
Company  chose  not  to  obtain  insurance  as  a  result  of  high 
premiums  or  because  the  claim  is  not  covered  by  insurance 
which the Company has in place. 

The  Company  accrues  the  costs  of  the  uninsured  portion  of 
pending  claims  based  on  estimates  derived  from  the 
Company’s evaluation of the nature and severity of individual 
claims  and  an  estimate  of  future  claims  development  based 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  35 

upon  historical  claims  development  trends.  Actual  settlement 
of the Company’s retained claim liabilities could differ from its 
estimates  due  to  a  number  of  uncertainties,  including 
evaluation  of  severity,  legal  costs  and  claims  that  have  been 
incurred  but  not  reported.  Due  to  the  Company’s  high 
retained amounts, it has significant exposure to fluctuations in 
the  number  and  severity  of  claims.  If  the  Company  were 
required  to  accrue  or  pay  additional  amounts  because  its 
estimates are revised or the claims ultimately prove to be more 
severe  than  originally  assessed,  its  financial  condition  and 
results of operations may be materially adversely affected. 

Employee  Relations.  Most  of  the  Company’s  unionized 
employees  are  Canadian  employees  with  a  small  number  of 
unionized  employees  in  the  United  States.  Although  the 
Company  believes  that  its  relations  with  its  employees  are 
satisfactory, no assurance can be given that the Company will 
be able to successfully extend or renegotiate the Company’s 
current  collective  agreements  as  they  expire  from  time  to 
time  or  that  additional  employees  in  the  United  States  will 
not  attempt  to  unionize.  If  the  Company  fails  to  extend  or 
renegotiate the Company’s collective agreements, if disputes 
with  the  Company’s  unions  arise,  or  if  the  Company’s 
unionized  or  non-unionized  workers  engage  in  a  strike  or 
other  work  stoppage  or  interruption,  the  Company  could 
experience  a  significant  disruption  of,  or  inefficiencies  in,  its 
operations  or  incur  higher  labour  costs,  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of 
operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

At  the  date  hereof,  the  collective  agreements  between  the 
Company  and  the  vast  majority  of  its  unionized  employees 
have  been  renewed.  The  Company’s  collective  agreements 
have  a  variety  of  expiration  dates,  to  the  last  of  which  is  in 
September  2024.  In  a  small  number  of  cases,  the  expiration 
date  of  the  collective  agreement  has  passed;  in  such  cases, 
the  Corporation  is  generally  in  the  process  of  renegotiating 
the  agreement.  The  Company  cannot  predict  the  effect 
which  any  new  collective  agreements  or  the  failure  to  enter 
into  such  agreements  upon  the  expiry  of  the  current 
agreements may have on its operations. 

Increases 

in  driver  compensation  or  difficulties 
Drivers. 
attracting  and  retaining  qualified  drivers  could  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  profitability  and 
the ability to maintain or grow the Company’s fleet. 

Like  many 
in  the  transportation  sector,  the  Company 
experiences  substantial  difficulty  in  attracting  and  retaining 
sufficient  numbers  of  qualified  drivers.  The  trucking  industry 
periodically  experiences  a  shortage  of  qualified  drivers.  The 
Company  believes  the  shortage  of  qualified  drivers  and 
intense  competition  for  drivers  from  other  transportation 
companies will create difficulties in maintaining or increasing 
the  number  of  drivers  and  may  negatively  impact  the 
Company’s  ability  to  engage  a  sufficient  number  of  drivers, 
and  the  Company’s inability  to  do  so may negatively  impact 
its operations. Further, the compensation the Company offers 
its drivers and independent contractor expenses are subject to 
market conditions, and the Company may find it necessary to 

2019 Annual Report 

 
36  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

increase  driver  and  independent  contractor  compensation  in 
future periods. 

may incur losses on amounts owed to it with respect to such 
tractors. 

to  operate  existing 

the  Company  and  many  other 

In  addition, 
trucking 
companies  suffer  from a  high turnover  rate of  drivers  in  the 
U.S. TL market. This high turnover rate requires the Company 
to  continually  recruit  a  substantial  number  of  new  drivers  in 
order 
revenue  equipment.  Driver 
shortages  are  exacerbated  during  periods  of  economic 
expansion,  in  which  alternative  employment  opportunities, 
including  in  the  construction  and  manufacturing  industries, 
which  may  offer  better  compensation  and/or  more  time  at 
home,  are  more  plentiful  and  freight  demand  increases,  or 
during  periods  of  economic  downturns, 
in  which 
unemployment  benefits  might  be  extended  and  financing  is 
limited  for  independent  contractors  who  seek  to  purchase 
equipment,  or  the  scarcity  or  growth  of  loans  for  students 
who  seek  financial  aid  for  driving  school.  The  lack  of 
adequate  tractor  parking  along  some  U.S.  highways  and 
congestion caused by inadequate highway funding may make 
it  more  difficult  for  drivers  to  comply  with  hours  of  service 
regulations  and  cause  added  stress  for  drivers,  further 
reducing  the  pool  of  eligible  drivers.  The  Company’s  use  of 
team-driven  tractors  for  expedited  shipments  requires  two 
drivers  per  tractor,  which  further  increases  the  number  of 
drivers the Company must recruit and retain in comparison to 
operations that require one driver per tractor. The Company 
also  employs  driver  hiring  standards,  which  could  further 
reduce the pool of available drivers from which the Company 
would  hire.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  continue  to  attract 
and retain a sufficient number of drivers, the Company could 
be  forced  to,  among  other  things,  adjust  the  Company’s 
compensation  packages, 
the 
Company’s  tractors  without  drivers  or  operate  with  fewer 
trucks  and  face  difficulty  meeting  shipper  demands,  any  of 
which  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  growth  and 
profitability. 

the  number  of 

increase 

Independent Contractors. The Company’s contracts with U.S. 
independent contractors are governed by U.S. federal leasing 
regulations,  which  impose  specific  requirements  on  the 
Company and the independent contractors. If more stringent 
state  or  U.S.  federal  leasing  regulations  are  adopted,  U.S. 
independent  contractors  could  be  deterred  from  becoming 
independent  contractor  drivers,  which  could  materially 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  goal  of  maintaining  its 
current fleet levels of independent contractors. 

financing 

The  Company  provides 
to  certain  qualified 
Canadian  independent  contractors  and  financial  guarantees 
to  a  small  number  of  U.S.  independent  contractors.  If  the 
Company  were  unable  to  provide  such  financing  or 
guarantees in the future, due to liquidity constraints or other 
restrictions,  it  may  experience  a  decrease  in  the  number  of 
independent  contractors  it  is  able  to  engage.  Further,  if 
independent contractors the Company engages default under 
or  otherwise  terminate  the  financing  arrangements  and  the 
Company 
independent 
contractors or seat the tractors with its drivers, the Company 

is  unable  to  find  replacement 

TFI International 

Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  fuel  surcharge  program  with 
independent  contractors,  the  Company  pays  independent 
contractors  with  which  it  contracts  a  fuel  surcharge  that 
increases  with  the  increase  in  fuel  prices.  A  significant 
increase  or  rapid  fluctuation  in  fuel  prices  could  cause  the 
Company’s  costs  under  this  program  to  be  higher  than  the 
revenue  the  Company  receives  under  its  customer  fuel 
surcharge programs. 

themselves,  have 

U.S.  tax  and  other  regulatory  authorities,  as  well  as  U.S. 
independent  contractors 
increasingly 
asserted  that  U.S.  independent  contractor  drivers  in  the 
trucking  industry  are  employees  rather  than  independent 
contractors, and the Company’s classification of independent 
contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities 
from time to time. U.S. federal and state legislation has been 
introduced in  the past  that  would make  it  easier  for  tax and 
other  authorities  to  reclassify  independent  contractors  as 
employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping 
requirements  for  those  that  engage  independent  contractor 
drivers  and  to  increase  the  penalties  for  companies  who 
misclassify  their  employees  and  are  found  to  have  violated 
employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, 
U.S. federal legislators have sought to abolish the current safe 
harbor  allowing  taxpayers  meeting  certain  criteria  to  treat 
individuals as independent contractors if they are following a 
long-standing,  recognized  practice,  to  extend  the  U.S.  Fair 
Labor  Standards  Act  to  independent  contractors  and  to 
impose  notice  requirements  based  on  employment  or 
independent contractor status and fines for failure to comply. 
Some U.S. states have put initiatives in place to increase their 
revenue 
items  such  as  unemployment,  workers’ 
compensation  and  income  taxes,  and  a  reclassification  of 
independent contractors as employees would help states with 
this  initiative.  Further,  courts  in  certain  U.S.  states  have 
recently  issued  decisions  that  could  result  in  a  greater 
likelihood  that  independent  contractors  would  be  judicially 
classified as employees in such states. 

from 

the  burden 

(as  opposed 

independent  contractors 

In  September  2019,  California  enacted  a  new  law,  A.B.  5 
(“AB5”),  that  made  it  more  difficult  for  workers  to  be 
classified  as 
to 
employees). AB5 provides that the three-pronged “ABC Test” 
must  be  used  to  determine  worker  classifications  in  wage 
order claims. Under the ABC Test, a worker is presumed to be 
an  employee  and 
their 
independent  contractor  status  is  on  the  hiring  company 
through  satisfying  all  three  of  the  following  criteria:  (a)  the 
worker is free from control and direction in the performance 
of  services;  (b)  the  worker  is  performing  work  outside  the 
usual  course  of  the  business  of  the  hiring  company;  and  (c) 
the  worker  is  customarily  engaged  in  an  independently 
established  trade,  occupation,  or  business.  How  AB5  will  be 
enforced  is  still  to  be  determined.  While  it  was  set  to  enter 
into  effect  in  January  2020,  a  federal  judge  in  California 
issued  a  preliminary  injunction  barring  the  enforcement  of 

to  demonstrate 

 
AB5  on  the  trucking  industry  while  the  California  Trucking 
Association  (“CTA”)  moves  forward  with  its  suit  seeking  to 
invalidate  AB5.  While  this  preliminary  injunction  provides 
temporary  relief  to  the  enforcement  of  AB5,  it  remains 
unclear  how  long  such  relief  will  last,  whether  the  CTA  will 
ultimately be successful in invalidating the law, and whether 
other U.S. States will enact laws similar to AB5. 

U.S.  class  action  lawsuits  and other  lawsuits  have  been  filed 
against  certain  members  of  the  Company’s  industry  seeking 
to  reclassify  independent  contractors  as  employees  for  a 
variety  of  purposes,  including  workers’  compensation  and 
health  care  coverage.  In  addition,  companies  that  use  lease 
purchase  independent  contractor  programs,  such  as  the 
Company,  have  been  more  susceptible  to  reclassification 
lawsuits,  and  several  recent  decisions  have  been  made  in 
favour  of  those  seeking  to  classify  independent  contractor 
truck  drivers  as  employees.  U.S.  taxing  and  other  regulatory 
authorities  and  courts  apply  a  variety  of  standards  in  their 
determination  of 
If  the 
independent contractors with whom the Company contracts 
are  determined  to  be  employees,  the  Company  would  incur 
additional exposure under U.S. federal and state tax, workers’ 
compensation,  unemployment  benefits,  labour,  employment 
and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential 
liability  for  employee  benefits and  tax  withholdings,  and  the 
Company’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  The 
Company  has 
in 
Massachusetts  and  California  in  the  past  with  independent 
contractors who alleged they were misclassified. 

settled  certain  class  action  cases 

independent  contractor  status. 

to  successfully 

Acquisitions  and  Integration  Risks.  Historically,  acquisitions 
have  been  a  part  of  the  Company’s  growth  strategy.  The 
Company  may  not  be  able 
integrate 
acquisitions  into  the  Company’s  business,  or  may  incur 
significant unexpected costs in doing so. Further, the process 
of  integrating  acquired  businesses  may  be  disruptive  to  the 
Company’s  existing  business  and  may  cause  an  interruption 
or  reduction  of  the  Company’s  business  as  a  result  of  the 
following factors, among others: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

loss of drivers, key employees, customers or contracts; 

in  or 

inconsistencies 

possible 
conflicts  between 
standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies  among  the 
implement 
combined  companies  and  the  need  to 
company-wide 
information 
financial, 
technology and other systems; 

accounting, 

failure  to  maintain  or  improve  the  safety  or  quality  of 
services that have historically been provided; 

inability  to  retain,  integrate,  hire  or  recruit  qualified 
employees; 

unanticipated environmental or other liabilities; 

failure to coordinate geographically dispersed organizations; 
and 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  37 

• 

the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  the 
Company’s day-to-day business as a result of the need to 
manage any disruptions and difficulties and the need to 
add management resources to do so. 

Anticipated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or 
other  benefits  from  any  acquisitions  that  the  Company 
undertakes may not materialize in the expected timeframe or 
at  all.  The  Company’s  estimated  cost  savings,  synergies, 
revenue  enhancements  and  other  benefits  from  acquisitions 
are  subject  to  a  number  of  assumptions  about  the  timing, 
execution and costs associated with realizing such synergies. 
Such assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to 
a  wide  variety  of  significant  business,  economic  and 
competition  risks.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such 
assumptions  will  turn  out  to be  correct  and, as  a  result,  the 
amount  of  cost  savings,  synergies,  revenue  enhancements 
and  other  benefits  the  Company  actually  realizes  and/or  the 
timing of such realization may differ significantly (and may be 
significantly  lower)  from  the  ones  the  Company  estimated, 
and the Company may incur significant costs in reaching the 
estimated  cost  savings,  synergies,  revenue  enhancements  or 
other  benefits.  Further,  management  of  acquired  operations 
through a decentralized approach may create inefficiencies or 
inconsistencies. 

Many of the Company’s recent acquisitions have involved the 
purchase  of  stock  of  existing  companies.  These  acquisitions, 
as  well  as  acquisitions  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  a 
company,  may  expose  the  Company  to  liability  for  actions 
taken  by  an  acquired  business  and  its  management  before 
the  Company’s  acquisition.  The  due  diligence  the  Company 
conducts 
in  connection  with  an  acquisition  and  any 
contractual  guarantees  or  indemnities  that  the  Company 
receives  from  the  sellers  of  acquired  companies  may  not  be 
sufficient  to  protect  the  Company  from,  or  compensate  the 
Company  for,  actual  liabilities.  The  representations  made  by 
the  sellers  expire  at  varying  periods  after  the  closing.  A 
material  liability  associated  with  an  acquisition,  especially 
where  there  is  no  right  to  indemnification,  could  adversely 
affect 
financial 
condition and liquidity. 

results  of  operations, 

the  Company’s 

The Company continues to review acquisition and investment 
opportunities  in  order  to  acquire  companies  and  assets  that 
meet the Company’s investment criteria, some of which may 
be significant. Depending on the number of acquisitions and 
investments  and  funding  requirements,  the  Company  may 
need  to  raise  substantial  additional  capital  and  increase  the 
Company’s  indebtedness.  Instability  or  disruptions  in  the 
capital markets, including credit markets, or the deterioration 
of  the  Company’s  financial  condition  due  to  internal  or 
external factors, could restrict or prohibit access to the capital 
markets  and  could  also  increase  the  Company’s  cost  of 
capital.  To  the  extent  the  Company  raises  additional  capital 
through  the  sale  of  equity,  equity-linked  or  convertible  debt 
securities,  the  issuance  of  such  securities  could  result  in 
dilution  to  the  Company’s  existing  shareholders.  If  the 
Company  raises  additional  funds  through  the  issuance  of 

2019 Annual Report 

 
38  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

restrictions  and  costs  on 

debt  securities,  the  terms  of  such  debt  could  impose 
additional 
the  Company’s 
operations.  Additional  capital,  if  required,  may  not  be 
available  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all.  If  the  Company  is 
unable  to  obtain  additional  capital  at  a  reasonable  cost,  the 
Company  may  be  required  to  forego  potential  acquisitions, 
which  could  impair  the  execution  of  the  Company’s  growth 
strategy. 

In  addition,  the  Company  routinely  evaluates  its  operations 
and  considers  opportunities  to  divest  certain  of  its  assets.  In 
addition,  The  Company  faces  competition  for  acquisition 
opportunities.  This  external  competition  may  hinder  the 
Company’s  ability  to  identify  and/or  consummate  future 
acquisitions successfully. There is also a risk of impairment of 
acquired  goodwill  and 
intangible  assets.  This  risk  of 
impairment  to  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  exists  because 
the assumptions used in the initial valuation, such as interest 
rates or forecasted cash flows, may change when testing for 
impairment is required. 

There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in 
identifying,  negotiating,  consummating  or  integrating  any 
future acquisitions. If the Company does not make any future 
acquisitions,  or  divests  certain  of 
its  operations,  the 
Company’s  growth  rate  could  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.  Any 
the  Company  does 
undertake  could  involve  the  dilutive  issuance  of  equity 
securities or the incurring of additional indebtedness. 

future  acquisitions 

Growth.  There  is  no  assurance  that  in  the  future,  the 
Company’s  business  will  grow  substantially  or  without 
volatility, nor is there any assurance that the Company will be 
able to effectively adapt its management, administrative and 
operational  systems  to  respond  to  any  future  growth. 
Furthermore,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  Company’s 
operating  margins  will  not  be  adversely  affected  by  future 
changes  in  and  expansion  of  its  business  or  by  changes  in 
economic  conditions  or  that  it  will  be  able  to  sustain  or 
improve its profitability in the future. 

Environmental  Matters.  The  Company  uses  storage  tanks  at 
certain  of  its  Canadian  and  U.S.  transportation  terminals. 
Canadian  and  U.S.  laws  and  regulations  generally  impose 
potential  liability  on  the  present  and  former  owners  or 
occupants  or 
custodians  of  properties  on  which 
contamination  has  occurred,  as  well  as  on  parties  who 
arranged  for  the  disposal  of  waste  at  such  properties. 
Although  the  Company  is  not  aware  of  any  contamination 
which, if remediation or clean-up were required, would have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  it,  certain  of  the  Company’s 
current  or  former  facilities  have  been  in  operation  for  many 
years and over such time, the Company or the prior owners, 
operators or custodians of the properties may have generated 
and  disposed  of  wastes  which  are  or  may  be  considered 
hazardous.  Liability  under  certain  of  these 
laws  and 
regulations may be imposed on a joint and several basis and 
without  regard  to  whether  the  Company  knew  of,  or  was 
responsible for, the presence or disposal of these materials or 
whether  the  activities  giving  rise  to  the  contamination  was 

TFI International 

legal  when  it  occurred.  In  addition,  the  presence  of  those 
substances,  or  the  failure  to  properly  dispose  of  or  remove 
those substances, may adversely affect the Company’s ability 
to  sell  or  rent  that  property.  If  the  Company  incurs  liability 
under  these  laws  and  regulations  and  if  it  cannot  identify 
other  parties  which  it  can  compel  to  contribute  to  its 
expenses and who are financially able to do so, it could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations.  There  can  be  no 
assurance  that  the  Company  will  not  be  required  at  some 
future date to incur significant costs or liabilities pursuant to 
environmental  laws,  or  that  the  Company’s  operations, 
business or assets will not be materially affected by current or 
future environmental laws. 

The  Company’s  transportation  operations  and  its  properties 
are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently-changing  federal, 
provincial,  state,  municipal  and  local  environmental  laws, 
regulations  and  requirements  in  Canada,  the  United  States 
and  Mexico  relating  to,  among  other  things,  air  emissions, 
the  management  of  contaminants,  including  hazardous 
substances  and  other  materials  (including  the  generation, 
handling,  storage,  transportation  and  disposal  thereof), 
discharges  and  the  remediation  of  environmental  impacts 
(such  as  the  contamination  of  soil  and  water,  including 
ground water). A risk of environmental liabilities is inherent in 
transportation  operations,  historic  activities  associated  with 
such operations and the ownership, management and control 
of real estate. 

Environmental  laws  may  authorize,  among  other  things, 
federal,  provincial,  state  and  local  environmental  regulatory 
agencies  to  issue  orders,  bring  administrative  or  judicial 
actions  for  violations  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations 
or  to  revoke  or  deny  the  renewal  of  a  permit.  Potential 
penalties  for  such  violations  may  include,  among  other 
things,  civil  and  criminal  monetary  penalties,  imprisonment, 
permit  suspension  or  revocation  and  injunctive  relief.  These 
agencies  may  also,  among  other  things,  revoke  or  deny 
renewal  of  the  Company’s  operating  permits,  franchises  or 
licenses  for  violations  or  alleged  violations  of  environmental 
laws  or  regulations  and  impose  environmental  assessment, 
removal of contamination, follow up or control procedures. 

Environmental  Contamination.  The  Company  could  be 
subject  to  orders  and  other  legal  actions  and  procedures 
brought  by  governmental  or  private  parties  in  connection 
with environmental contamination, emissions or discharges. If 
the Company is involved in a spill or other accident involving 
hazardous  substances,  if  there  are  releases  of  hazardous 
substances  the  Company  transports,  if  soil  or  groundwater 
contamination  is  found  at  the  Company’s  current  or  former 
facilities  or  results  from  the  Company’s  operations,  or  if  the 
Company  is  found  to  be  in  violation  of  applicable  laws  or 
regulations,  the  Company  could  be  subject  to  cleanup  costs 
and  liabilities,  including  substantial  fines  or  penalties  or  civil 
and  criminal  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a  materially 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business  and  operating 
results. 

 
and 

Key  Personnel.  The  future  success  of  the  Company  will  be 
based  in  large  part  on  the  quality  of  the  Company’s 
management 
The  Company’s 
key  personnel. 
management  and  key  personal  possess  valuable  knowledge 
about  the  transportation  and  logistics  industry  and  their 
knowledge  of  and  relationships  with  the  Company’s  key 
customers and vendors would be difficult to replace. The loss 
of  key  personnel  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  the 
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will 
be able to retain its current key personnel or, in the event of 
their departure, to develop or attract new personnel of equal 
quality. 

Dependence  on  Third  Parties.  Certain  portions  of  the 
Company’s  business  are  dependent  upon  the  services  of 
third-party  capacity  providers,  including  other  transportation 
companies.  For  that  portion  of  the  Company’s  business,  the 
Company  does  not  own  or  control  the  transportation  assets 
that  deliver  the  customers’  freight,  and  the  Company  does 
not  employ  the  people  directly  involved  in  delivering  the 
freight.  This  reliance  could  cause  delays  in  reporting  certain 
events,  including  recognizing  revenue  and  claims.  These 
third-party providers seek other freight opportunities and may 
require increased compensation in times of improved freight 
demand or tight trucking capacity. The Company’s inability to 
secure  the  services  of  these  third  parties  could  significantly 
limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  serve  its  customers  on 
competitive terms. Additionally, if the Company is unable to 
secure  sufficient  equipment  or  other  transportation  services 
to  meet  the  Company’s  commitments  to  its  customers  or 
provide  the  Company’s  services  on  competitive  terms,  the 
Company’s  operating 
results  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. The Company’s ability to secure sufficient 
equipment  or  other  transportation  services  is  affected  by 
including 
many 
equipment 
industry, 
the 
particularly among contracted carriers, interruptions in service 
due  to  labour  disputes,  changes  in  regulations  impacting 
transportation and changes in transportation rates. 

the  Company’s  control, 
transportation 

risks  beyond 

shortages 

in 

Loan  Default.  The  agreements  governing  the  Company’s 
indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, 
contain  certain  restrictions  and  other  covenants  relating  to, 
liens, 
among  other  things,  funded  debt,  distributions, 
investments,  acquisitions  and  dispositions  outside 
the 
ordinary  course  of  business  and  affiliate  transactions.  If  the 
its  financing 
Company  fails  to  comply  with  any  of 
arrangement  covenants,  restrictions  and  requirements,  the 
Company could be in default under the relevant agreement, 
which  could  cause  cross-defaults  under  other  financing 
arrangements.  In  the  event  of  any  such  default,  if  the 
Company 
financing  or 
amendments  to  or  waivers  under  the  applicable  financing 
arrangement, the Company may be unable to pay dividends 
to its shareholders, and its lenders could cease making further 
advances, declare the Company’s debt to be immediately due 
and payable, fail to renew letters of credit, impose significant 
restrictions  and  requirements  on  the  Company’s  operations, 
institute  foreclosure  procedures  against  their  collateral,  or 

replacement 

to  obtain 

failed 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  39 

If  debt 
impose  significant  fees  and  transaction  costs. 
acceleration  occurs,  economic  conditions  may  make 
it 
difficult or expensive to refinance the accelerated debt or the 
Company  may  have  to  issue  equity  securities,  which  would 
dilute  share  ownership.  Even  if  new  financing  is  made 
available to the Company, credit may not be available to the 
Company  on  acceptable  terms.  A  default  under  the 
Company’s 
in  a 
financing  arrangements  could 
materially  adverse  effect  on  its  liquidity,  financial  condition 
and  results  of  operations.  As  at  the  date  hereof,  the 
Company is in compliance with all of its debt covenants and 
obligations. 

result 

Credit Facilities. The Company has significant ongoing capital 
requirements  that  could affect  the  Company’s  profitability  if 
the  Company  is  unable  to  generate  sufficient  cash  from 
operations and/or obtain financing on favourable terms. The 
trucking industry and the Company’s trucking operations are 
capital  intensive,  and  require  significant  capital  expenditures 
annually. The amount and timing of such capital expenditures 
depend  on  various  factors,  including  anticipated  freight 
demand and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated 
demand differs materially from actual usage, the Company’s 
trucking  operations  may  have  too  many  or  too  few  assets. 
Moreover,  resource  requirements  vary  based  on  customer 
demand,  which  may  be  subject  to  seasonal  or  general 
economic  conditions.  During  periods  of  decreased  customer 
demand,  the  Company’s  asset  utilization  may  suffer,  and  it 
may be forced to sell equipment on the open market or turn 
in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right 
size its fleet. This could cause the Company to incur losses on 
such sales or require payments in connection with such turn 
ins,  particularly  during  times  of  a  softer  used  equipment 
market, either of which could have a materially adverse effect 
on the Company’s profitability. 

The Company’s indebtedness may increase from time to time 
in  the  future  for  various  reasons,  including  fluctuations  in 
results  of  operations,  capital  expenditures  and  potential 
acquisitions.  The  agreements  governing  the  Company’s 
indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, 
mature on various dates, ranging from 2020 to 2026. There 
can  be  no  assurance  that  such  agreements  governing  the 
Company’s indebtedness will be renewed or refinanced, or if 
renewed  or  refinanced,  that  the  renewal  or  refinancing  will 
occur  on  equally  favourable  terms  to  the  Company.  The 
Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and ability 
to  purchase  new  revenue  equipment  may  be  adversely 
affected  if  the  Company  is  not  able  to  renew  the  Credit 
Facility  or  the  Term  Loan  or  arrange  refinancing  of  any 
indebtedness,  or  if  such  renewal  or  refinancing,  as  the  case 
may  be,  occurs  on  terms  materially  less  favourable  to  the 
Company  than  at  present.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to 
generate  sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations  and  obtain 
financing on terms favourable to the Company in the future, 
the  Company  may  have  to  limit  the  Company’s  fleet  size, 
enter into less favourable financing arrangements or operate 
the Company’s revenue equipment for longer periods, any of 

2019 Annual Report 

 
40  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
operations. 

Increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes 
of  new  engines,  decreased  availability  of  new  revenue 
equipment and future use of autonomous tractors could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition, operations, and profitability. 

in  commodity  prices; 

to  newly-manufactured 

the  Company’s  costs  and 

The Company is subject to risk with respect to higher prices 
for new equipment for its trucking operations. The Company 
has  experienced  an  increase  in  prices  for  new  tractors  in 
recent  years,  and  the  resale  value  of  the  tractors  has  not 
increased to the same extent. Prices have increased and may 
continue  to  increase,  due  to,  among  other  reasons,  (i) 
(ii)  U.S.  government 
increases 
regulations  applicable 
tractors, 
trailers  and  diesel  engines;  and  (iii)  the  pricing  discretion  of 
equipment manufacturers. Increased regulation has increased 
the  cost  of  the  Company’s  new  tractors  and  could  impair 
equipment productivity, in some cases, resulting in lower fuel 
mileage,  and  increasing  the  Company’s  operating  expenses. 
Further  regulations  with  stricter  emissions  and  efficiency 
requirements  have  been  proposed  that  would  further 
increase 
impair  equipment 
productivity.  These  adverse  effects,  combined  with  the 
uncertainty as to the reliability of the vehicles equipped with 
the  newly  designed  diesel  engines  and  the  residual  values 
realized from the disposition of these vehicles could increase 
the  Company’s  costs  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s business or operations as the regulations become 
effective.  Over  the  past  several  years,  some  manufacturers 
have significantly increased new equipment prices, in part to 
meet  new  engine  design  and  operations  requirements. 
Furthermore,  future  use  of  autonomous  tractors  could 
increase the price of new tractors and decrease the value of 
used  non-autonomous  tractors.  The  Company’s  business 
could  be  harmed  if  it  is  unable  to  continue  to  obtain  an 
adequate  supply  of  new  tractors  and  trailers  for  these  or 
other reasons. As a result, the Company expects to continue 
to  pay  increased  prices  for  equipment  and  incur  additional 
expenses for the foreseeable future. 

Tractor  and  trailer  vendors  may  reduce  their  manufacturing 
output  in  response  to  lower  demand  for  their  products  in 
economic  downturns  or  shortages  of  component  parts.  A 
decrease  in  vendor  output  may  have  a  materially  adverse 
effect  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  purchase  a  quantity  of 
new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired 
growth rate and to maintain a late model fleet. Moreover, an 
inability  to  obtain  an  adequate  supply  of  new  tractors  or 
trailers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of 
operation. 

The  Company  has  certain  revenue  equipment  leases  and 
financing arrangements with balloon payments at the end of 
the  lease  term  equal  to  the  residual  value  the  Company  is 
contracted  to  receive  from  certain  equipment manufacturers 
upon  sale  or  trade  back  to  the  manufacturers.  If  the 

TFI International 

Company does not purchase new equipment that triggers the 
trade-back  obligation,  or  the  equipment  manufacturers  do 
not pay the contracted value at the end of the lease term, the 
Company  could  be  exposed  to  losses  equal  to  the  excess  of 
the  balloon  payment  owed  to the  lease  or  finance  company 
over  the  proceeds  from  selling  the  equipment  on  the  open 
market.  

The Company has trade-in and repurchase commitments that 
specify,  among  other  things,  what  its  primary  equipment 
vendors  will  pay  it  for  disposal  of  a  certain  portion  of  the 
Company’s  revenue  equipment.  The  prices  the  Company 
expects  to  receive  under  these  arrangements  may  be  higher 
than  the  prices  it  would  receive  in  the  open  market.  The 
Company  may  suffer  a  financial  loss  upon  disposition  of  its 
equipment if these vendors refuse or are unable to meet their 
financial  obligations  under  these  agreements,  it  does  not 
enter 
into  definitive  agreements  that  reflect  favorable 
equipment  replacement  or  trade-in  terms,  it  fails  to  or  is 
unable to enter into similar arrangements in the future, or it 
does  not  purchase  the  number  of  new  replacement  units 
from the vendors required for such trade-ins.  

Used equipment prices are subject to substantial fluctuations 
based  on  freight  demand,  supply  of  used  trucks,  availability 
of  financing,  presence  of  buyers  for  export  and  commodity 
prices for scrap metal. These and any impacts of a depressed 
market  for  used  equipment  could  require  the  Company  to 
dispose  of  its  revenue  equipment  below  the  carrying  value. 
This  leads  to  losses  on  disposal  or  impairments  of  revenue 
equipment,  when  not  otherwise  protected  by  residual  value 
arrangements.  Deteriorations  of  resale  prices  or  trades  at 
depressed  values  could  cause 
losses  on  disposal  or 
impairment charges in future periods. 

Difficulty in obtaining goods and services from the Company’s 
vendors and suppliers could adversely affect its business. 

The  Company  is  dependent  upon  its  vendors  and  suppliers 
for  certain  products  and  materials.  The  Company  believes 
that it has positive vendor and supplier relationships and it is 
generally  able  to  obtain  acceptable  pricing  and  other  terms 
from  such  parties.  If  the  Company  fails  to  maintain  positive 
relationships  with  its  vendors  and  suppliers,  or  if  its  vendors 
and  suppliers  are  unable  to  provide  the  products  and 
materials 
it  needs  or  undergo  financial  hardship,  the 
Company  could  experience  difficulty  in  obtaining  needed 
goods  and  services  because  of  production  interruptions, 
limited  material  availability  or  other 
reasons.  As  a 
consequence,  the  Company’s  business  and  operations  could 
be adversely affected. 

Customer and Credit Risks. The Company provides services to 
clients  primarily  in  Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 
The  concentration  of  credit  risk  to  which  the  Company  is 
exposed is limited due to the significant number of customers 
that  make  up  its  client  base  and  their  distribution  across 
different geographic areas. Furthermore, no client accounted 
for  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  total  accounts 
receivable for the year ended December 31, 2019. Generally, 

 
the  Company  does  not  have  long-term  contracts  with  its 
major  customers.  Accordingly,  in  response  to  economic 
conditions,  supply  and  demand  factors  in  the  industry,  the 
Company’s performance, the Company’s customers’ internal 
initiatives  or  other  factors,  the  Company’s  customers  may 
reduce  or  eliminate  their  use  of  the  Company’s  services,  or 
may  threaten  to  do  so  in  order  to  gain  pricing  and  other 
concessions from the Company. 

Economic conditions and capital markets may adversely affect 
the Company’s customers and their ability to remain solvent. 
The customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact the 
Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition, 
especially  if  those  customers  were  to  delay  or  default  in 
payment  to  the  Company.  For  certain  customers,  the 
Company has entered into multi-year contracts, and the rates 
the Company charges may not remain advantageous. 

Availability  of  Capital.  If  the  economic  and/or  the  credit 
markets  weaken,  or  the  Company  is  unable  to  enter  into 
acceptable  financing  arrangements  to  acquire  revenue 
equipment,  make  investments  and  fund  working  capital  on 
terms  favourable  to  it,  the  Company’s  business,  financial 
results  and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 
adversely  affected.  The  Company  may  need  to 
incur 
additional  indebtedness,  reduce  dividends  or  sell  additional 
shares in order to accommodate these items. A decline in the 
credit  or  equity  markets  and  any  increase  in  volatility  could 
make  it  more  difficult  for  the  Company  to  obtain  financing 
and  may  lead  to  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s 
profitability and operations. 

Information  Systems.  The  Company  depends  heavily  on  the 
proper functioning, availability and security of the Company’s 
information  and  communication  systems,  including  financial 
reporting and operating systems, in operating the Company’s 
business.  The  Company’s  operating  system  is  critical  to 
understanding  customer  demands,  accepting  and  planning 
loads,  dispatching  equipment  and  drivers  and  billing  and 
collecting  for  the  Company’s  services.  The  Company’s 
financial reporting system is critical to producing accurate and 
timely financial statements and analyzing business information 
to  help  the  Company  manage  its  business  effectively.  The 
Company  receives  and  transmits  confidential  data  with  and 
among its customers, drivers, vendors, employees and service 
providers in the normal course of business.  

vulnerable 

The  Company’s  operations  and  those  of  its  technology  and 
communications 
to 
service  providers  are 
interruption  by  natural  and  man-made  disasters  and  other 
events beyond the Company’s control, including cybersecurity 
breaches  and  threats,  such as hackers,  malware  and  viruses, 
fire,  earthquake,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failure, 
terrorist attacks and Internet failures. The Company’s systems 
are  also  vulnerable  to  unauthorized  access  and  viewing, 
information, 
misappropriation,  altering  or  deleting  of 
including  customer,  driver,  vendor,  employee  and  service 
provider information and its proprietary business information. 
If any of the Company’s critical information systems fail, are 
breached  or  become  otherwise  unavailable,  the  Company’s 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  41 

ability to manage its fleet efficiently, to respond to customers’ 
requests  effectively,  to  maintain  billing  and  other  records 
reliably,  to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  the  Company’s 
data and to bill for services and prepare financial statements 
accurately  or  in  a  timely  manner  would  be  challenged.  Any 
significant system failure, upgrade complication, cybersecurity 
breach or other system disruption could interrupt or delay the 
Company’s  operations,  damage  its  reputation,  cause  the 
Company  to  lose  customers,  cause  the  Company  to  incur 
costs to repair its systems, pay fines or in respect of litigation 
or impact the Company’s ability to manage its operations and 
report  its  financial  performance,  any  of  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

Litigation.  The  Company’s  business  is  subject  to  the  risk  of 
litigation  by  employees,  customers,  vendors,  government 
agencies,  shareholders  and  other  parties.  The  outcome  of 
litigation is difficult to assess or quantify, and the magnitude 
of  the  potential  loss  relating  to  such  lawsuits  may  remain 
unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend 
litigation may also be significant. Not all claims are covered by 
the Company’s insurance, and there can be no assurance that 
the  Company’s  coverage  limits  will  be  adequate  to  cover  all 
amounts  in  dispute.  For  example,  during  the  year  ended 
December  31, 2019,  the  Company  recognized a  net  loss  on 
an  accident  claim  of  CAD  $14.2  million  (CAD  $16.6  million 
net of CAD $2.4 million of tax recovery). In the United States, 
where the Company has growing operations, many trucking 
companies have been subject to class-action lawsuits alleging 
violations  of  various  federal  and  state  wage  laws  regarding, 
among  other  things,  employee  classification,  employee  meal 
breaks, rest periods, overtime eligibility, and failure to pay for 
all hours worked. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in 
the  payment  of  substantial  settlements  or  damages  by  the 
defendants.  The  Company  may  at  some  future  date  be 
subject  to  such  a  class-action  lawsuit.  In  addition,  the 
Company may be subject, and has been subject in the past, 
to  litigation  resulting  from  trucking  accidents.  The  number 
and  severity  of  litigation  claims  may  be  worsened  by 
distracted  driving  by  both  truck  drivers  and  other  motorists. 
To  the  extent  the  Company  experiences  claims  that  are 
uninsured,  exceed  the  Company’s  coverage  limits,  involve 
significant  aggregate  use  of  the  Company’s  self-insured 
retention  amounts  or  cause  increases  in  future  funded 
premiums,  the  resulting  expenses  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

Internal  Control.  Effective  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  are  necessary  for  the  Company  to  provide  reliable 
financial  reports  and,  together  with  adequate  disclosure 
controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any 
failure  to  implement  required  new  or  improved  controls,  or 
difficulties  encountered  in  their  implementation  could  cause 
the  Company  to  fail  to  meet  its  reporting  obligations.  In 
addition  and  when  required,  any  testing  by  the  Company 
conducted  in  connection  with  section  404  of  the  U.S. 
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  or  the  subsequent  testing  by  the 
Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm, 

2019 Annual Report 

 
42  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

may  reveal  deficiencies  in  the  Company’s  internal  controls 
over  financial  reporting  that  are  deemed  to  be  material 
weaknesses  or  that  may  require  prospective  or  retrospective 
changes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. 
Inferior  internal  controls  could  also  cause  investors  to  lose 
confidence in  the  Company’s  reported  financial  information, 
which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the 
Common Shares. 

Material Transactions. The Company has acquired numerous 
companies  pursuant  to  its  acquisition  strategy  and,  in 
addition,  has  sold  business  units,  including  the  sale  in 
February  2016  of  its  then-Waste  Management  segment  for 
CAD $800 million. The Company buys and sells business units 
in the normal course of its business. Accordingly, at any given 
time,  the  Company  may  consider,  or  be  in  the  process  of 
negotiating,  a  number  of  potential  acquisitions  and 
dispositions,  some  of  which  may  be  material  in  size.  In 
connection  with  such  potential  transactions,  the  Company 
regularly  enters 
into  non-disclosure  or  confidentiality 
agreements,  indicative  term  sheets,  non-binding  letters  of 
intent and other similar agreements with potential sellers and 
buyers,  and  conducts  extensive  due  diligence  as  applicable. 
These potential transactions may relate to some or all of the 
Company’s  four  reportable  segments,  that  is,  TL,  Logistics, 

LTL,  and  Package  and  Courier.  The  Company’s  active 
acquisition  and  disposition  strategy  requires  a  significant 
amount  of  management  time  and  resources.  Although  the 
Company  complies  with  its  disclosure  obligations  under 
applicable securities laws, the announcement of any material 
transaction  by  the  Company  (or  rumours  thereof,  even  if 
unfounded)  could  result  in  volatility  in  the  market  price  and 
trading  volume  of  the  Common  Shares.  Further,  the 
Company cannot predict the reaction of the market, or of the 
Company’s  stakeholders,  customers  or  competitors,  to  the 
announcement  of  any  such  material  transaction  or  to 
rumours thereof.  

Dividends  and  Share  Repurchases.  The  payment  of  future 
dividends  and  the amount  thereof  is  uncertain and  is at  the 
sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and 
is  considered  each  quarter.  The  payment  of  dividends  is 
dependent  upon,  among  other  things,  operating  cash  flow 
generated  by  the  Company,  its  financial  requirements  for 
operations,  the  execution  of  its  growth  strategy  and  the 
satisfaction of solvency tests imposed by the Canada Business 
Corporations  Act  for  the  declaration  and  payment  of 
dividends.  Similarly,  any  future  repurchase  of  shares  by  the 
Company  is  at  the  sole  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors 
and is dependent on the factors described above. Any future 
repurchase of shares by the Company is uncertain. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

IFRS 

to  make 

requires  management 

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  conformity 
with 
judgments, 
estimates  and  assumptions  about  future  events.  These 
estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosures  about 
contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation 
of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  the  measurement  of 
in  business 
identified  assets  and 
combinations and provisions for claims and litigations. These 
estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best 
estimates and judgments. 

liabilities  acquired 

Management  evaluates  its  estimates and  assumptions  on an 
ongoing  basis  using  historical  experience  and  other  factors, 
the  current  economic  environment,  which 
including 
management  believes 
the 
to  be 
circumstances.  Management  adjusts  such  estimates  and 
assumptions  when  facts  and  circumstances  dictate.  Actual 
results  could  differ  from  these  estimates.  Changes  in  those 
estimates  and  assumptions  resulting  from  changes  in  the 
economic  environment  will  be  reflected  in  the  financial 
statements of future periods. 

reasonable  under 

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Adopted during the period 

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle) 

The following new standards, and amendments to standards 
and interpretations, are effective for the first time for interim 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and have been 
applied  in  preparing  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements: 

IFRS 16, Leases 

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 

Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments 
to IAS 19) 

TFI International 

Prepayment  Features  with  Negative  Compensation 
(Amendments to IFRS 9) 

Except  modifications  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16  as 
reported  in  note  3,  these  new  standards  did  not  have  a 
material  impact  on  the  Company’s  audited  consolidated 
financial statements. 

 
 
 
To be adopted in future periods 

The  following  new  standards  and  amendments  to  standards 
are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
and  have  not  been  applied  in  preparing  the  audited 
consolidated financial statements:  

Definition of a business (Amendments to IFRS 3) 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

In  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  Canadian  Securities 
Administrators’  National  Instrument  52-109,  the  Company 
has  filed  certificates  signed  by  the  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer 
(“CFO”) that, among other things, report on: 

• 

• 

their  responsibility  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control 
over financial reporting for the Company; and 

the  design  and  effectiveness  of  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  and  the  design  and  effectiveness  of  internal 
controls over financial reporting. 

Disclosure controls and procedures (“DC&P”) 

The  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  the 
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), have designed DC&P, or have 
caused them to be designed under their supervision, in order 
to provide reasonable assurance that: 

•  material  information  relating  to  the  Company  is  made 
known  to  the  CEO  and  CFO  by  others,  particularly 
during the period in which the interim and annual filings 
are being prepared; and 

• 

information required to be disclosed by the Company in 
its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or 
submitted  by  it  under  securities  legislation  is  recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time 
periods specified in securities legislation. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  43 

Further information can be found in note 3 of the December 
31, 2019 audited consolidated financial statements. 

As  at  December  31,  2019,  an  evaluation  was  carried  out, 
under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design 
and  operating  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  DC&P.  Based 
on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO concluded that the 
Company’s  DC&P  were  appropriately  designed  and  were 
operating effectively as at December 31, 2019. 

Internal controls over financial reporting (“ICFR”) 

The  CEO  and  CFO  have  also  designed  ICFR,  or  have  caused 
them  to  be  designed  under  their  supervision,  in  order  to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial 
financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. 

the  preparation  of 

reporting  and 

As  at  December  31,  2019,  an  evaluation  was  carried  out, 
under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design 
and operating effectiveness of the Company’s ICFR. Based on 
this  evaluation,  the  CEO  and  the  CFO  concluded  that  the 
ICFR  were  appropriately  designed  and  were  operating 
effectively  as  at  December  31,  2019,  using  the  criteria  set 
forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway  Commission 
Internal  Control  – 
Integrated Framework (2013 framework). 

(COSO)  on 

Changes in internal controls over financial reporting 

No  changes  were  made  to  the  Company’s  ICFR  during  the 
quarter  ended  December  31,  2019  that  have  materially 
affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s ICFR. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
44 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  TFI  International  Inc.  and  all  information  in  this  annual  report  are  the  responsibility  of 
management and have been approved by the Board of Directors. 

The financial statements have been prepared by management in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards. They 
include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgement. Financial information included elsewhere in 
the annual report is consistent with that in the financial statements. 

The management of TFI International Inc. has developed and maintains an internal accounting system and administrative controls in 
order  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the  financial  transactions  are  properly  recorded  and  carried  out  with  the  necessary 
approval, and that the consolidated financial statements are properly prepared and the assets properly safeguarded. 

The  Board  of  Directors  carries  out  its  responsibility  for  the  financial  statements  in  this  annual  report  principally  through  its  Audit 
Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and recommends their approval 
by the Board of Directors. 

These financial statements have been audited by the independent auditors, KPMG LLP, whose report follows. 

Alain Bédard, FCPA, FCA 
Chairman of the Board, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
February 10, 2020 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

  45 

To the Shareholders of TFI International Inc. 

Opinion 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of TFI International Inc. (the Entity), which comprise: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 

the consolidated statements of income for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended 

and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies 

(Hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”) 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
the Entity as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash 
flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

Basis for Opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards.  Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards are further described in the “Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our auditors’ 
report.  

We  are  independent  of  the  Entity  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the  financial 
statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Emphasis of Matter – Change in Accounting Policy 

We  draw  attention  to  Note  1(s)  to  the  financial  statements  which  indicates  that  the  Entity  has  changed  its  accounting  policy  for 
leases as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, and has applied that change using a modified retrospective 
transition approach. 

Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter. 

Other Information 

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises: 

• 

• 

the  information  included  in  2019  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  filed  with  the  relevant  Canadian  Securities 
Commissions; 

the  information,  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  the  auditors’  report  thereon,  included  in  a  document  likely  to  be 
entitled “2019 Annual Report”. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
46 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) 

Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and  we  do  not  and  will  not  express  any  form  of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other information appears to be materially misstated.  

We  obtained  the  information  included  in  2019  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  filed with  the  relevant  Canadian  Securities 
Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we have performed on this other information, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in the auditors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document likely to be entitled 
“2019 Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we will 
perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact to those charged with governance. 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements 

Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and for such internal control 
as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and  using  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  management 
either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process. 

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.  

Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  Canadian 
generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  we  exercise  professional  judgment  and 
maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.  

We also: 

• 

Identify  and  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  design  and 
perform  audit  procedures  responsive  to  those  risks,  and  obtain  audit  evidence  that  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a 
basis for our opinion.  

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) 

  47 

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Entity’s internal control.  

• 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures 
made by management. 

•  Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  management’s  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Entity’  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to 
modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern. 

• 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 
financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

•  Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 

and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  

• 

Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 
group  Entity  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  financial  statements.  We  are  responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Girolamo Cordi. 

Montréal, Canada 
February 10, 2020 

*  CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A109612 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventoried supplies 
Current taxes recoverable 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments 
Assets held for sale 
Other assets 
Current assets 

Property and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 

Bank indebtedness 
Trade and other payables 
Current taxes payable 
Provisions 
Other financial liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Long-term debt 
Lease liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Lease liabilities 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other financial liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Equity 

Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments 
Total liabilities and equity 

Note  

7  

26  

12  

9  
3, 10  
11  
12  
18  
26  

13  

17  

26  
14  
3, 15  

14  
3, 15  
16  
17  

26  
18  

19  
19, 21  

27  

As at  
December 31,  
2019  

As at  
December 31,  
2018  

587,370  
13,844  
17,158  
36,077  
39  
4,625  
24,814  
683,927  

1,461,707  
434,017  
1,954,902  
11,241  
11,461  
—  
3,873,328  
4,557,255  

3,801  
443,468  
6,050  
23,721  
2,654  
843  
53,647  
99,133  
633,317   

1,691,040  
362,709  
18,585  
29,251  
3,649  
888  
312,127  
2,418,249  
3,051,566  

680,233  
21,063  
24,473  
779,920  
1,505,689  

631,727  
12,755  
13,015  
38,546  
5,430  
7,572  
—  
709,045  

1,396,389  
—  
1,901,495  
33,676  
6,409  
2,946  
3,340,915  
4,049,960  

12,334  
475,585  
18,951  
25,063  
1,972  
—  
122,340  
—  
656,245  

1,462,083  
—  
16,130  
42,801  
5,907  
—  
289,940  
1,816,861  
2,473,106  

704,510  
20,448  
64,790  
787,106  
1,576,854  

4,557,255  

4,049,960  

The notes on pages 53 to 96 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

On behalf of the Board: 

Alain Bédard 

André Bérard 

  Director 

  Director 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Note  

2019  

2018  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  49 

Revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Total revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

Personnel expenses 

Other operating expenses 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Bargain purchase gain 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment 

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 

Finance (income) costs 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs 

Income before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Net income from continuing operations 

Net loss from discontinued operations 

  4,613,629  

  4,508,197  

565,235  

615,011  

  5,178,864  

  5,123,208  

  2,832,070  

  2,913,996  

  1,297,929  

  1,253,975  

207,057  

223,794  

102,573  

65,925  

—  

(10,787 ) 

(20,416 ) 

(2,276 ) 

(12 ) 

279,857  

198,492  

—  

62,101  

12,559  

—  

(10,903 ) 

—  

(524 ) 

(28,613 ) 

(15,620 ) 

—  

(1,249 ) 

  4,667,244  

  4,692,684  

511,620  

430,524  

(3,001 ) 

(15,353 ) 

88,642  

85,641  

63,659  

48,306  

425,979  

101,503  

382,218  

90,224  

324,476  

291,994  

22  

23  

9  

10  

11  

11  

5  

24  

24  

25  

6  

(14,193 ) 

—  

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

310,283  

291,994  

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to  

owners of the Company 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

The notes on pages 53 to 96 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

20  

20  

20  

20  

3.72  

3.63  

3.89  

3.80  

3.32  

3.22  

3.32  

3.22  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
50  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2019  

2018  

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

310,283  

291,994  

Other comprehensive (loss) income 

Items that may be reclassified to income or loss in future years: 

Foreign currency translation differences 

Net investment hedge, net of tax 

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of tax 

Employee benefits, net of tax 

Items that may never be reclassified to income or loss in future years: 

Defined benefit plan remeasurement (losses) gains, net of tax 

Items directly reclassified to retained earnings: 

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment in equity securities measured at fair value through OCI, 

net of tax 

Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year, net of tax 

(52,502 ) 

101,972  

16,115  

(9,835 ) 

42  

(26,677 ) 

(2,842 ) 

(159 ) 

(1,619 ) 

1,181  

1,326  

(46,473 ) 

(4,693 ) 

68,782  

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

263,810  

360,776  

The notes on pages 53 to 96 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Note    

Share  
capital    

Contributed  
surplus    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY  51 

Accumulated 
foreign 
currency 
translation 
differences 
and net 
 investment 

Accumulated 
cash flow 
hedge 

gain    

hedge    

Accumulated 
unrealized 
loss on 
employee 
benefit  
plans    

Accumulated 
unrealized 
loss on 
investment in 
equity 
securities  

Total equity 
attributable 
to owners 
of the 
 Company  

Retained  
earnings  

Balance as at December 31, 2018 

     704,510    

20,448    

(528 )   

10,210    

60,971    

(5,863 )   

787,106  

  1,576,854  

Adjustment on initial application of 

IFRS 16 (see note 3) 

Net income for the year 

Other comprehensive (loss) income 

for the year, net of tax 

Realized loss on equity securities, 

net of tax 

Total comprehensive (loss) income 

for the year 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—  

(25,678 )   

(25,678 ) 

—  

310,283  

310,283  

42    

(9,835 )   

(36,387 )   

1,326  

(1,619 )   

(46,473 ) 

—    

—    

—    

4,537  

(4,537 )   

—  

42    

(9,835 )   

(36,387 )   

5,863  

304,127  

263,810  

Share-based payment transactions     

21    

—    

8,269    

Stock options exercised 

    19, 21    

27,402    

(5,641 )   

Dividends to owners of the 

Company 

Repurchase of own shares 

Net settlement of restricted share 

19    

—    

19    

(52,633 )   

—    

—    

units 

    19, 21    

954    

(2,013 )   

Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity 

(24,277 )   

615    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

8,269  

21,761  

(81,145 )   

(81,145 ) 

(203,059 )   

(255,692 ) 

(1,431 )   

(2,490 ) 

—  

(285,635 )   

(309,297 ) 

Balance as at December 31, 2019 

     680,233    

21,063    

(486 )   

375    

24,584    

—  

779,920  

  1,505,689  

Balance as at December 31, 2017 

     711,036    

21,995    

(369 )   

13,052    

(14,324 )   

(1,170 )   

684,904  

  1,415,124  

Net income for the year 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

for the year 

—    

—    

—    

Share-based payment transactions     

21    

—    

Stock options exercised 

    19, 21    

20,840    

Dividends to owners of the 

Company 

Repurchase of own shares 

Net settlement of restricted share 

19    

—    

19    

(30,122 )   

—    

—    

—    

5,926    

(4,009 )   

—    

—    

units 

    19, 21    

2,756    

(3,464 )   

Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity 

(6,526 )   

(1,547 )   

—    

—    

—    

—  

291,994  

291,994  

(159 )   

(2,842 )   

75,295    

(4,693 )   

1,181  

68,782  

(159 )   

(2,842 )   

75,295    

(4,693 )   

293,175  

360,776  

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

5,926  

16,831  

(76,114 )   

(76,114 ) 

(109,500 )   

(139,622 ) 

(5,359 )   

(6,067 ) 

—  

(190,973 )   

(199,046 ) 

Balance as at December 31, 2018 

     704,510    

20,448    

(528 )   

10,210    

60,971    

(5,863 )   

787,106  

  1,576,854  

The notes on pages 53 to 96 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
52  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Note  

2019  

2018  

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income for the year 
Net loss from discontinued operations 

Net income from continuing operations 
Adjustments for 

Depreciation of property and equipment 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Share-based payment transactions 
Net finance costs 
Income tax expense 
Bargain purchase gain 
Gain on sale of property and equipment 
Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets 
Gain on sale of assets held for sale 
Gain on sale of intangible assets 
Provisions and employee benefits 

Net change in non-cash operating working capital 

Cash generated from operating activities 
Interest paid 
Income tax paid 

Net cash from continuing operating activities 

Net cash used in discontinued operating activities 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets 
Business combinations, net of cash acquired 
Purchases of investments 
Proceeds from sale of investments 
Others 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

(Decrease) increase in bank indebtedness 
Proceeds from long-term debt 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Repayment of lease liabilities 
Decrease in other financial liabilities 
Dividends paid 
Repurchase of own shares 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Repurchase of own shares for restricted share unit settlement 

Net cash used in continuing financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

The notes on pages 53 to 96 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

9  
10  
11  
11  
21  
24  
25  
5  

8  

9  

11  

5  

14  
14  
15  

19  
19  

310,283  
(14,193 ) 

324,476  

223,794  
102,573  
65,925  
—  
8,269  
85,641  
101,503  
(10,787 ) 
(20,428 ) 
(2,276 ) 
(28,613 ) 
—  
(4,919 ) 

845,158  
19,600  

864,758  
(86,285 ) 
(113,181 ) 

665,292  

(16,176 ) 

649,116  

(346,313 ) 
95,180  
51,918  
(4,826 ) 
269  
(200,401 ) 
(787 ) 
2,426  
(440 ) 

(402,974 ) 

(8,494 ) 
433,600  
(252,483 ) 
(99,573 ) 
(2,068 ) 
(80,703 ) 
(255,692 ) 
21,761  
(2,490 ) 

(246,142 ) 

—  
—  

—  

291,994  
—  

291,994  

198,492  
—  
62,101  
12,559  
5,926  
48,306  
90,224  
—  
(11,427 ) 
—  
(15,620 ) 
(1,249 ) 
(8,289 ) 

673,017  
12,647  

685,664  
(62,629 ) 
(79,532 ) 

543,503  

—  

543,503  

(314,300 ) 
81,051  
29,226  
(4,421 ) 
2,975  
(156,487 ) 
(604 ) 
—  
68  

(362,492 ) 

3,237  
88,907  
(67,180 ) 
—  
(3,021 ) 
(74,096 ) 
(139,622 ) 
16,831  
(6,067 ) 

(181,011 ) 

—  
—  

—  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

53 

1.  Reporting entity 

TFI International Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, and is a company domiciled in 
Canada. The address of the Company’s registered office is 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Montreal, Quebec, H4S 1Z6. 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 comprise 
the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and individually as “Group entities”). 

The Group is involved in the provision of transportation and logistics services across the United States, Canada and Mexico. 

2.  Basis of preparation 

a)  Statement of compliance 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).  

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on February 10, 2020. 

b)  Basis of measurement 

These  consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material 
items in the statements of financial position: 

• 

• 

• 

investment  in  equity  securities,  derivative  financial  instruments  and  contingent  considerations  are  measured  at  fair 
value; 

liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 2; 

the  defined  benefit  pension  plan  liability  is  recognized  as  the  net  total  of  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit 
obligation less the fair value of the plan assets; and 

• 

assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are measured at fair value at acquisition date. 

c) 

Functional and presentation currency 

These  consolidated  financial  statements are presented  in  Canadian  dollars  (“C$”  or  “CDN$”),  which  are  the  Company’s 
functional currency. All financial information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand. 

d)  Use of estimates and judgments 

The  preparation  of  the  accompanying  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  management  to  make 
judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  about  future  events.  These  estimates  and  the  underlying  assumptions  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts 
of  revenues  and  expenses.  Such  estimates  include  the  valuation  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  the  measurement  of 
identified assets and liabilities acquired in  business  combinations,  income  tax provisions  and  the  self-insurance and  other 
provisions and contingencies. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. 

Management  evaluates  its  estimates  and  assumptions  on an ongoing  basis  using historical experience  and  other  factors, 
including  the  current  economic  environment,  which  management  believes  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances. 
Management  adjusts  such  estimates  and  assumptions  when  facts  and  circumstances  dictate.  Actual  results  could  differ 
from these estimates. Changes in those estimates and assumptions resulting from changes in the economic environment 
will be reflected in the financial statements of future periods. 

Information about critical judgments, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a 
material adjustment within the next financial year is included in the following notes: 

Note 5 – Establishing the fair value of assets and liabilities, intangible assets and goodwill related to business combinations; 

Note 11 – Determining estimates and assumptions related to impairment tests for long-lived assets and goodwill; and 

Note 17 – Determining estimates and assumptions related to the evaluation of provisions for claims and litigations. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
54 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies 

The  accounting  policies  set  out  below  have  been  applied  consistently  to  all  periods  presented  in  these  consolidated  financial 
statements, unless otherwise indicated. The accounting policies have been applied consistently by Group entities. 

a)  Basis of consolidation 

i) 

Business combinations 

The  Group  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  fair  value  of  liabilities 
resulting  from  contingent  consideration  arrangements,  less  the  net  recognized  amount  of  the  identifiable  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a 
bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in income or loss. 

Transaction  costs,  other  than  those  associated  with  the  issue  of  debt  or  equity  securities,  that  the  Group  incurs  in 
connection with a business combination, are expensed as incurred. 

ii) 

Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has the right 
to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those through its power over the 
entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. 

iii)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

b)  Foreign currency translation 

i) 

Foreign currency transactions 

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  to  the  respective  functional  currencies  of  the  Group’s  entities  at 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the reporting date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss  on  monetary  items  is  the difference  between  amortized cost  in  the  functional  currency  at  the beginning  of  the 
period,  adjusted  for  effective  interest  and  payments  during  the  period,  and  the  amortized  cost  in  foreign  currency 
translated  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the rate in effect on the transaction date. 
Income and expense items denominated in foreign currency are translated at the date of the transactions. Gains and 
losses are included in income or loss. 

ii) 

Foreign operations 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations,  including  goodwill  and  fair  value  adjustments  arising  on  business 
combinations,  are  translated  to  Canadian  dollars  at  exchange  rates  in  effect  at  the  reporting  date.  The  income  and 
expenses  of  foreign  operations  are  translated  to  Canadian dollars at  the average  exchange  rate  in  effect  during  the 
reporting period. 

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  (“OCI”)  in  the  accumulated  foreign 
currency translation differences account. 

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in the cumulative amount of foreign currency translation 
differences  is  transferred  to  income  or  loss  as  part  of  the  income  or  loss  on  disposal.  On  the  partial  disposal  of  a 
subsidiary while retaining control, the relevant proportion of such cumulative amount is reattributed to non-controlling 
interest. In any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the relevant proportion is reclassified to income or loss. 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the 
settlement  of  which  is  neither  planned  nor  likely  to  occur  in  the  foreseeable  future  and  which  in  substance  is 
considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other comprehensive income 
in the accumulated foreign currency translation differences account. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

55 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

c) 

Financial instruments 

i)  Non-derivative financial assets  

The Group initially recognizes financial assets on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are initially measured at fair value, except for trade receivables which are 
initially  measured  at  their  transaction  price  when  the  trade  receivables  do  not  contain  a  significant  financing 
component. If the financial asset is not subsequently accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, then the initial 
measurement includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset’s acquisition or origination. On initial 
recognition,  the  Group  classifies  its  financial  assets  as  subsequently  measured  at  either  amortized  cost  or  fair  value, 
depending on its business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the 
financial assets and depending on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired.  

The  Group  derecognizes  a  financial  asset  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  asset  expire,  or  it 
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all 
the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  financial  asset  are  transferred.  Any  interest  in  transferred  financial  assets 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability. 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the statement of financial position when, 
and  only  when,  the  Group  has  a  legal  right  to  offset  the  amounts  and  intends  either  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  to 
realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.  

Financial assets measured at amortized cost  

A  financial  asset  is  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost,  using  the  effective  interest  method  and  net  of  any 
impairment loss, if:  

• 

• 

The  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose  objective  is  to  hold  assets  in  order  to  collect  contractual  cash 
flows; and  

The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and/or interest.  

The  Group  currently  classifies  its  cash  equivalents,  trade  and  other  receivables  and  long-term  non-trade  receivables 
included in other non-current assets as financial assets measured at amortized cost. 

The Group recognizes loss allowances for expected credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. The 
Group has a portfolio of trade receivables at the reporting date. The Group uses a provision matrix to determine the 
lifetime expected credit losses for the portfolio.  

The Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, 
adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual 
losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.  

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between 
its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective 
interest rate. Losses are recognized in income or loss and reflected in an allowance account against trade and other 
receivables.  

Financial assets measured at fair value  

These assets are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized 
in income or loss. However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at 
initial recognition to present gains and losses in other comprehensive income. For such investments measured at fair 
value through other comprehensive income, gains and losses are never reclassified to profit or loss, and no impairment 
is  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.  Dividends  earned  from  such  investments  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss,  unless  the 
dividend clearly represents a repayment of part of the cost of the investment.  

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income  

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present 
subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
56 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

c) 

Financial instruments (continued) 

ii)  Non-derivative financial liabilities  

The Group initially recognizes debt issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. All other 
financial  liabilities  are  recognized  initially  on  the  trade  date  at  which  the  Group  becomes  a  party  to  the  contractual 
provisions of the instrument. 

A financial liability is derecognized when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. 

Financial liabilities are classified into financial liabilities measured at amortized cost and financial liabilities measured at 
fair value.  

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost  

A  financial  liability  is  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost,  using  the  effective  interest  method.  The  Group 
currently classifies bank indebtedness, trade and other payables and long-term debt as financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost.  

Financial liabilities measured at fair value  

Financial liabilities at fair value are initially recognized at fair value and are re-measured at each reporting date with any 
changes  therein  recognized  in  net  earnings.  The  Group  currently  classifies  its  contingent  consideration  liability  in 
connection with a business acquisition as a financial liability measured at fair value. 

iii)  Share capital 

Common shares 

Common  shares  are  classified  as  equity.  Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of  common  shares  and 
stock options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects. 

When  share  capital  recognized  as  equity  is  repurchased,  share  capital  is  reduced  by  the  amount  equal  to  weighted 
average  historical  cost  of  repurchased  equity.  The  excess  amount  of  the  consideration  paid,  which  includes  directly 
attributable costs, net of any tax effects, is recognized as a deduction from equity. 

iv)  Derivative financial instruments 

The  Group  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  its  foreign  currency  and  interest  rate  risk  exposures. 
Embedded  derivatives  are  separated  from  the  host  contract  and  accounted  for  separately  if  the  economic 
characteristics  and  risks  of  the  host  contract  and  the  embedded  derivative  are  not  closely  related,  a  separate 
instrument  with  the  same  terms  as  the  embedded  derivative  would  meet  the  definition  of  a  derivative,  and  the 
combined instrument is not measured at fair value through income or loss. 

Derivatives and embedded derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; related transaction costs are recognized in 
income or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives and embedded derivatives are measured at fair 
value, and changes therein are recognized in net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives in income or loss 
with the exception of net change in fair value of cross currency interest rate swap contracts recognized in net foreign 
exchange gain or loss in income or loss. 

d)  Hedge accounting 

Management’s risk strategy is focused on reducing the variability in profit or losses and cash flows associated with exposure 
to  market  risks.  Hedge  accounting  is  used  to  reduce  this  variability  to  an  acceptable  level.  The  hedges  employed  by  the 
Group reduce the currency and interest rate fluctuation exposures. 

On the initial designation of a hedging relationship, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging 
instrument  and  the  hedged  items,  including  the  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  in  undertaking  the  hedge 
transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Group 
makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging 
instruments are expected to be effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged 
items throughout the period for which the hedge is designated.  

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

57 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

d)  Hedge accounting (continued) 

Net investment hedge 

The Group designates a portion of its U.S. dollar (“US$”) denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge. 
The Group applies hedge accounting to foreign currency differences arising between the functional currency of the foreign 
operation  and  the  Company’s  functional  currency  (CDN$),  regardless  of  whether  the  net  investment  is  held  directly  or 
through an intermediate parent.  

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in 
foreign  operations  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  extent  that  the  hedge  is  effective,  and  are 
presented in  the  currency  translation  differences  account  within  equity. To  the  extent  that the  hedge  is  ineffective,  such 
differences are recognized in income or loss. When the hedged net investment is disposed of, the relevant amount in the 
translation reserve is transferred to income or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

Cash flow hedges 

When  a  derivative  is  designated  as  the  hedging  instrument  in  a  hedge  of  the  variability  in  cash  flows  attributable  to  a 
particular  risk  associated  with a  recognized asset  or liability  or  a  highly  probable  forecasted transaction  that  could  affect 
income  or  loss,  the  effective  portion  of  changes in  the  fair value  of  the  derivatives  is  recognized in  other  comprehensive 
income  and  presented  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  as  part  of  equity.  The  amount  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is removed and included in net earnings under the same line item in the consolidated statement of 
earnings and comprehensive income as the hedged item, in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect income or 
loss. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, 
or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  remains  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  until  the  forecasted 
transaction  affects  income  or  loss.  If  the  forecasted  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  then  the  balance  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in income or loss.  

e)  Property and equipment 

Property and equipment are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Cost  includes  expenditures  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  asset,  the  costs  of  dismantling  and 
removing the assets and restoring the site on which they are located, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets. 

When  parts  of  an  item  of  property  and  equipment  have  different  useful  lives,  they  are  accounted  for  as  separate  items 
(major components) of property and equipment. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds  from 
disposal with the carrying amount of property and equipment, and are recognized in net income or loss. 

Depreciation is based on the cost of an asset less its residual value and is recognized in income or loss over the estimated 
useful life of each component of an item of property and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the 
lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease 
term. 

The depreciation method and useful lives are as follows: 

Categories 

Buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Basis 

Straight-line 

Primarily straight-line 

Primarily straight-line 

Useful lives 

15–40 years 

3–20 years 

5–12 years 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if 
appropriate. 

Property  and  equipment  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  IAS  36 Impairment of Assets  when  there  are 
indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
58 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

f) 

Intangible assets 

i)  Goodwill 

Goodwill that arises upon business combinations is included in intangible assets.  

Goodwill is not amortized and is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

ii)  Other intangible assets 

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trademarks, non-compete agreements and information technology. 

Other  intangible  assets  that  are  acquired  by  the  Group  and  have  finite  lives  are  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives: 

Categories 

Customer relationships 

Trademarks* 

Non-compete agreements 

Information technology 

Useful lives 

5–20 years 

5–20 years 

3–10 years 

5–7 years 

(*) 

Includes indefinite useful life assets. They are reviewed at least annually for impairment (see note 11). 

Useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. 

g)  Leases 

The Group has implemented IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore the comparative information has 
not been restated and continues to be reported under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4. The impacts of changes are disclosed in note 3s). 

As of January 1, 2019, at inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract 
is,  or  contains,  a  lease  if  the  contract  conveys  the  right  to  control  the  use  of  an  identified  asset  for  a  period  of  time  in 
exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the 
Group assesses whether: 

• 

• 

• 

the contract involves the use of an identified asset – this may be specific explicitly or implicitly, and should be physically 
distinct  or  represent  substantially  all  of  the  capacity  of  a  physically  distinct  asset.  If  the  supplier  has  a  substantive 
substitution right, the asset is not identified; 

the  Group  has  the  right  to  obtain  substantially  all  of  the  economic  benefits  from  use  of  the  asset  throughout  the 
period of use; and 

the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights 
that are most relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used.  

The policy is applied to contracts entered into, or modified on or after January 1, 2019. 

At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease  component, the Group allocates the consideration in 
the contract to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices.  

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is 
initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at 
or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove 
the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset of the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.  

The assets are depreciated to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the lease term using the 
straight-line method as this most closely reflects the expected pattern consumption of the future economic benefits. The 
lease  term  includes  periods  covered  by an option  to  extend  if  the  Group  is  reasonably  certain  to exercise  that  option. In 
addition,  the  right-of-use  asset  is  periodically  reduced  by  impairment  losses,  if  any,  and  adjusted  for  certain 
remeasurements of the lease liability. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

59 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

g)  Leases (continued) 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date,  discounted  using  the  interest  rate  implicit  in  the  lease  or,  if  that  cannot  be  readily  determined,  the  Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is a function of the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, the 
nature  of  the  underlying  asset,  the  location  of  the  asset  and  the  length  of  the  lease.  Generally,  the  Group  uses  its 
incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. 

The  lease  liability  is  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method.  It  is  remeasured  when  there  is  a 
change in the future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate 
of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether 
it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.  

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-
of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero. 

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term 
of  12  months  or  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets.  The  Group  recognises  these  lease  payments  as  an  expense  on  a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Prior  to  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  the  Company  applied  IAS  17  and  IFRIC  4  and  leases  with  terms  which  indicated  that  the 
Group  assumed  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  were  classified  as  finance  leases.  Upon  initial 
recognition the leased asset were measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the 
minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset was accounted for in accordance with the accounting 
policy applicable to that asset. 

Other  leases  were  operating  leases  and  the  leased  assets  were  not  recognized  in  the  Group’s  statements  of  financial 
position. 

h) 

Inventoried supplies 

Inventoried supplies consist primarily of repair parts and fuel and are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. 

i) 

Impairment 

Non-financial assets 

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  non-financial  assets  other  than  inventoried  supplies  and  deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, 
then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, the recoverable amount is estimated on December 31 of 
each year. 

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  assets  that  cannot  be  tested  individually  are  grouped  together  into  the  smallest 
group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other 
assets  or  groups  of  assets  (the  “cash-generating  unit”,  or  “CGU”).  For  the  purposes  of  goodwill  impairment  testing, 
goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the group of CGUs (usually a Group’s operating segment), that 
is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling test 
and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. The recoverable amount of 
an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or group of assets. 

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be 
impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs. 

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated 
to the units, if any, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a prorata 
basis. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
60 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

i) 

Impairment (continued) 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
periods  are  assessed  at  each  reporting  date  for  any  indications  that  the  loss  has  decreased  or  no  longer  exists.  An 
impairment  loss  is  reversed  if  there  has  been  a  change  in  the  estimates  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount.  An 
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Impairment 
losses and impairment reversals are recognized in income or loss. 

j)  Assets held for sale 

Non-current assets are classified as held-for-sale if it is highly probable that they will be recovered primarily through sale 
rather than through continuing use.  

Such assets are generally measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses 
on  initial  classification  as  held-for-sale  or  held-for-distribution  and  subsequent  gains  and  losses  on  remeasurement  are 
recognized in income or loss. 

Once classified as held-for-sale, intangible assets and property and equipment are no longer amortized or depreciated. 

k)  Employee benefits 

i)  Defined contribution plans 

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions 
to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in income or loss in the periods 
during which services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a 
cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. 

ii)  Defined benefit plans 

The  Group’s  net  obligation  in  respect  of  defined  benefit  pension  plans  is  calculated  separately  for  each  plan  by 
estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their services in the current and prior 
periods discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets. The discount rate is the yield at the 
reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations 
and  that  are  denominated  in  the  same  currency  in  which  the  benefits  are  expected  to  be  paid.  The  calculation  is 
performed annually  by  a  qualified  actuary  using  the  projected  unit  credit method.  When  the  calculation  results  in  a 
benefit to the Group, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of 
any  future refunds  from  the  plan or  reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  In  order to  calculate  the present 
value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any minimum funding requirements that apply to any plan in the 
Group.  

Remeasurements  of  the  net  defined  benefit  liability,  which  comprise  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  return  on  plan 
assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognized immediately in 
other  comprehensive  income.  The  Group  determines  the  net  interest  expense  (income)  on  the  net  defined  benefit 
liability  (asset)  for  the  period  by  applying  the  discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  defined  benefit  obligation  at  the 
beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the 
net  defined  benefit  liability  (asset)  during  the  period  as  a  result  of  contributions  and  benefit  payments.  Net  interest 
expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognized in profit or loss. 

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to 
past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains 
and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs. 

iii)  Short-term employee benefits 

Short-term  employee  benefit  obligations  are  measured  on  an  undiscounted  basis  and  are  expensed  as  the  related 
service  is  provided.  A  liability  is  recognized  for  the  amount  expected  to  be  paid  under  short-term  cash  bonus  or 
income-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past 
service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

61 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

k)  Employee benefits (continued) 

iv)  Share-based payment transactions 

The  grant  date  fair value  of  equity  share-based payment awards  granted  to employees  is  recognized  as a  personnel 
expense,  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  contributed  surplus,  over  the  period  that  the  employees  unconditionally 
become entitled to the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for 
which the related service conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized as an expense 
is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service condition at the vesting date. 

The fair value of the amount payable to board members in respect of deferred share unit (“DSU”), which are to be 
settled in cash, is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase  in liabilities. The liability is remeasured at 
each reporting date until settlement. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as finance income or 
costs in income or loss. 

v) 

Termination benefits 

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits 
and  when  the  Group  recognises  costs  for  a  restructuring.  If  benefits  are  not  expected  to  be  fully  settled  within  12 
months of the end of the reporting period, then they are discounted.  

l) 

Provisions 

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the 
effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Where 
discounting is used, the unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost. 

Self-Insurance 

The  self-insurance  provision  represents  an  accrual  for  estimated  future  disbursements  associated  with  the  self-insured 
portion  for  claims  filed  at  year-end  and  incurred  but  not  reported,  related  to  cargo  loss,  bodily  injury,  worker’s 
compensation  and  property  damages.  The  estimates  are  based  on  the  Group’s  historical  experience  including  settlement 
patterns and payment trends. The most significant assumptions in the estimation process include determining the trend in 
costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected cost to settle or pay the outstanding claims. 
Changes in assumptions and experience could cause these estimates to change significantly in the near term. 

m)  Revenue recognition 

The Group’s normal business operations consist of the provision of transportation and logistics services. All revenue relating 
to normal business operations is recognized over time in the statement of income. The stage of completion of the service is 
determined using the proportion of days completed to date compared to the estimated total days of the service. Revenue is 
presented net of trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized as services are rendered, when the control of 
promised services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled 
to receive in exchange for those services measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with the customers. 
The  Group  considers  the  contract  with  customers  to  include  the  general  transportation  service  agreement  and  the 
individual bill of ladings with customers. 

Based  on  the evaluation  of  the  control  model,  certain businesses,  mainly  in  the  Less-Than-Truckload  segment,  act  as  the 
principal  within  their  revenue  arrangements.  The  affected  businesses  report  transportation  revenue  gross  of  associated 
purchase transportation costs rather than net of such amounts within the consolidated statements of income. 

n)  Lease payments 

Prior to adoption of IFRS 16, see note 3 g) and s), payments made under operating leases were recognized in income or loss 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received were recognized as an integral part of the total 
lease expense, over the term of the lease. 

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases were apportioned between the finance costs and the reduction of the 
outstanding  liability.  The  finance  cost  was  allocated  to  each  period  during  the  lease  term  so  as  to  produce  a  constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
62 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

o)  Finance income and finance costs 

Finance  income  comprises  interest  income  on  funds  invested,  dividend  income  and  interest  and  accretion  on  promissory 
note. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in income or loss, using the effective interest method. 

Finance  costs  comprise  interest  expense  on  bank  indebtedness  and  long-term  debt,  unwinding  of  the  discount  on 
provisions and impairment losses recognized on financial assets (other than trade receivables). 

Fair value gains or losses on derivative financial instruments and on contingent considerations, and foreign currency gains 
and losses are reported on a net basis as either finance income or cost. 

p) 

Income taxes 

Income  tax  expense  comprises  current  and  deferred  tax.  Current  tax  and  deferred  tax  are  recognized  in  income  or  loss 
except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  a  business  combination,  or  items  recognized  directly  in  equity  or  in  other 
comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred  tax  is  recognized  in  respect  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following 
temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and 
that affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly 
controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred 
tax  is  not  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill.  Deferred  tax  is 
measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is 
a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax 
authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on 
a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously. 

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that 
it  is  probable  that  future  taxable  income  will  be  available  against  which  they  can  be  utilized.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realized. 

q)  Earnings per share 

The  Group  presents  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  data  for  its  common  shares.  Basic  EPS  is  calculated  by 
dividing  the  income  or  loss  attributable  to  common  shareholders  of  the  Company  by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for own shares held, if any. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting 
the income or loss attributable to common shareholders and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, 
adjusted  for  own  shares  held,  for  the  effects  of  all  dilutive  potential  common  shares,  which  comprise  convertible 
debentures, warrants, and restricted share units and stock options granted to employees. 

r) 

Segment reporting 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. 
All  operating  segments’  operating  results  are  reviewed  regularly  by  the  Group’s  chief  executive  officer  (“CEO”)  to  make 
decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its  performance,  and  for  which  discrete  financial 
information is available. 

Segment results that are reported to the CEO include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be 
allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets (primarily the Group’s headquarters), 
head office expenses, income tax assets, liabilities and expenses, as well as long-term debt and interest expense thereon. 

Sales between the Group’s segments are measured at the exchange amount. Transactions, other than sales, are measured 
at  carrying  value.  Segment  capital  expenditure  is  the  total  cost  incurred  during  the  period  to  acquire  property  and 
equipment, and intangible assets other than goodwill. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

63 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

s)   New standards and interpretations adopted during the year 

The  Group  has  adopted  the  following  new  standards  and  amendments  to  standards  and  interpretations,  with  a  date  of 
initial application of January 1, 2019. These have been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:  

IFRS 16, Leases: On  January  13,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  IFRS  16 Leases. IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17 Leases and  the  related 
interpretations.  This  standard  introduces  a  single  lessee  accounting  model  and  requires  a  lessee  to  recognize  assets  and 
liabilities for all leases but can elect to exclude those with a term of less than 12 months, or those where the underlying 
asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset 
and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor 
accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease 
accounting model have also been impacted, including the definition of a lease. Transitional provisions have been provided. 
See note 3 g) for the Group accounting policy under IFRS 16. 

Effective  January  1,  2019,  the  Group  adopted  IFRS  16  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach  and  accordingly  the 
information  presented  for  2018  has  not  been  restated.  It  remains  as  previously  reported  under  IAS  17  and  related 
interpretations. 

On  the  initial  application,  the  Group  has  elected  to  apply  a  mixture  of  the  two  available  transition  options;  option  1 
calculates the right-of-use asset as if the standard was applied at the initial date of the lease discounted at the transition 
rate  or  option  2  where  the  right-of-use  asset  is  equal  to  the  lease  liability  on  the  date  of  transition;  on  a  lease-by-lease 
basis. A right-of-use asset and a lease liability were recorded as of January 1, 2019, for all outstanding lease contracts that 
met the definition of a lease, with any difference recorded in retained earnings, being recognized. An additional impact of 
$8.3 million on provisions and retained earnings was recognized for previously recorded straight-line rental costs under IAS 
17. The Group also recognized a deferred tax liability which was recorded directly to retained earnings, and reclassed any 
assets recorded as finance lease from property and equipment to right-of-use assets, and the corresponding finance lease 
liability from long-term debt to the new lease liability presentation. 

As reported as at 
December 31, 2018  

  Adjustments  

Restated balance as at 
January 1, 2019  

Property and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Provisions (including current portion) 

Long-term debt (including current portion)   

1,396,389  

—  

(67,864 ) 

(1,584,423 ) 

(25,687 ) 

465,095  

8,310  

9,164  

Lease liabilities (including current portion) 

—  

(492,622 ) 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Retained earnings 

(289,940 ) 

(787,106 ) 

10,062  

25,678  

1,370,702  

465,095  

(59,554 ) 

(1,575,259 ) 

(492,622 ) 

(279,878 ) 

(761,428 ) 

When measuring lease liabilities, the Group discounted lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 
2019.  This  incremental  borrowing  rate  was  adjusted  for  the  type  of  the  underlying  asset,  the  location  of  the  underlying 
asset,  and  the  length  of  the  lease  contract.  At  January  1,  2019,  the  weighted  average  rate  used  was  3.92%  and  the 
weighted average lease contract length was 7.42 years.  

The Group has elected to apply the following practical expedients: 

• 

• 

• 

The Group has elected to account for leases which lease term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application 
as short-term leases. 

The Group elected to grandfather the assessment of which transactions are leases. It applied transitional provisions of 
IFRS 16 only to contracts which were previously identified as leases. New definition of a lease will be applied for leases 
entered into after January 1, 2019.  

The  Group  will  apply  the  exemption  for  low  value  items.  These  low  value  items  continue  to  be  classified  as  a  rent 
expense and included as material and service expenses.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

s)  New standards and interpretations adopted during the year (continued) 

The following table reconciles the Group’s operating lease obligations at December 31, 2018, as previously disclosed in the 
Group’s  audited  annual  consolidated  financial  statements,  to  the  lease  obligation  recognized  on  initial  application  of 
IFRS 16 at January 1, 2019: 

Operating lease commitment as at December 31, 2018 

Finance lease liability as at December 31, 2018 

Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019 

Recognition exemption for short-term leases 

Extension options reasonably certain to be exercised 

Lease obligations recognized at January 1, 2019 

506,111  

9,164  

(72,642 ) 

(15,646 ) 

65,635  

492,622  

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments:  On  June  7,  2017,  the  IASB  issued  IFRIC  Interpretation  23 Uncertainty 
over Income Tax Treatments. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities 
and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation is applicable for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Interpretation requires: 

• 

• 

• 

an entity to contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, 
based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;  

an entity to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment; and  

if it is not probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most 
likely amount or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. 

The  adoption  of  the  amendments  to  IFRIC  23  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19): On  February  7,  2018,  the  IASB  issued  Plan 
Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19).  The  amendments  apply  for  plan  amendments, 
curtailments  or  settlements  that  occur  on  or  after  January  1,  2019,  or  the  date  on  which  they  are  first  applied.  The 
amendments to IAS 19 clarify that: 

• 

on amendment, curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan, an entity now uses updated actuarial assumptions 
to determine its current service cost and net interest for the period; and  

• 

the effect of the asset ceiling is disregarded when calculating the gain or loss on any settlement of the plan.  

The  adoption  of  the  amendments  to  IAS  19  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle): On  December  12,  2017,  the  IASB  issued  narrow-scope 
amendments  to  three  standards  as  part  of  its  annual  improvement  process.  The  amendments  are  effective  on  or  after 
January  1,  2019.  Each  of  the amendments  has  its  own  specific  transition  requirements.  Amendments  were  made  to  the 
following standards: 

• 

• 

• 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements – to clarify how a company accounts for increasing its 
interest in a joint operation that meets the definition of a business;  

IAS 12 Income Taxes – to clarify that all income tax consequences of dividends are recognized consistently with the 
transactions that generated the distributable profits – i.e. in profit or loss, OCI, or equity; and  

IAS  23  Borrowing Costs  –  to  clarify  that  specific  borrowings  –  i.e.  funds  borrowed  specifically  to  finance  the 
construction of a qualifying asset – should be transferred to the general borrowings pool once the construction of the 
qualifying asset has been completed. They also clarify that an entity includes funds borrowed specifically to obtain an 
asset other than a qualifying asset as part of general borrowings. 

The adoption of Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle) did not have a material impact on the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

65 

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

s)  New standards and interpretations adopted during the year (continued) 

Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9): In October 2017, the IASB issued Prepayment 
Features with Negative Compensation  (Amendments to IFRS 9).  The  amendments  are  to  be  applied  retrospectively  for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The amendments to IFRS 9 clarify that negative compensation may 
be  regarded  as  reasonable  compensation  irrespective  of  the  cause  of  early  termination.  Financial  assets  with  these 
prepayment features are eligible to be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income if 
they meet the other relevant requirements of IFRS 9. The adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

t)  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

The following new standards are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, and have not been applied in 
preparing these consolidated financial statements: 

Definition of a business (Amendments to IFRS 3): On October 22, 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations,  that  seek  to  clarify  whether  a  transaction  results  in  an  asset  or  a  business  acquisition.  The  amendments 
apply  to  businesses  acquired  in  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2020.  Earlier  application  is 
permitted. The amendments include an election to use a concentration test. This is a simplified assessment that results in an 
asset  acquisition  if  substantially  all  of  the  fair  value  of  the  gross  assets  is  concentrated  in  a  single  identifiable  asset  or  a 
group of similar identifiable assets. If a preparer chooses not to apply the concentration test, or the test is failed, then the 
assessment  focuses  on  the  existence  of  a  substantive  process.  The  Group  intends  to  adopt  these  amendments  in  its 
financial  statements  for  the  annual  period  beginning  on  January  1,  2020.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the 
amendments has not yet been determined and would be dependent on future transactions. 

Amendments to Hedge Accounting Requirements – IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting (Phase 1):  On 
September 26, 2019, the IASB issued amendments for some of its requirements for hedge accounting in IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments  and  IAS  39  Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and  Measurement,  as  well  as  the  related  Standard  on 
disclosures,  IFRS  7  Financial  Instruments:  Disclosures  in  relation  to  Phase  1  of  IBOR  Reform  and  its  Effects  on  Financial 
Reporting project. The amendments are effective from January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. The amendments 
address issues affecting financial reporting in the period leading up to IBOR reform, are mandatory and apply to all hedging 
relationships  directly  affected  by  uncertainties  related  to  IBOR  reform.  The  amendments  modify  some  specific  hedge 
accounting  requirements  to  provide  relief  from  potential  effects  of  the  uncertainty  caused  by  the  IBOR  reform  in  the 
following areas: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the ‘highly probable’ requirement, 

prospective assessments, 

retrospective assessments (for IAS 39), and 

eligibility of risk components. 

The extent of the impact of adoption of the amendments has not yet been determined. 

4.  Segment reporting 

The  Group  operates  within  the  transportation  and  logistics  industry  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  in  different 
reportable  segments,  as  described  below.  The  reportable  segments  are  managed  independently  as  they  require  different 
technology and capital resources. For each of the operating segments, the Group’s CEO reviews internal management reports. 
The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments: 

Package and Courier: 
Less-Than-Truckload: 

Pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America. 
Pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads. 

Truckload(a): 

Logistics(b): 

Full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized 
equipment to meet customers’ specific needs. Includes expedited transportation, flatbed, tank, 
container and dedicated services. 
Asset-light logistics services, including brokerage, freight forwarding and transportation management, 
as well as small package parcel delivery. 

(a)  The Truckload reporting segment represents the aggregation of the Canadian Conventional Truckload, U.S. Conventional Truckload, and Specialized Truckload 
operating segments. The aggregation of the segment was analyzed using management’s judgment in accordance  with  IFRS 8. The operating segments were 
determined to be similar with respect to the nature of services offered and the methods used to distribute their services, additionally, they have similar economic 
characteristics with respect to long-term expected gross margin, levels of capital invested and market place trends. 

(b)  Effective  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  the  Group  has  renamed  the  segment  to  Logistics  from  the  previous  reporting  as  Logistics  and  Last  Mile.  The 

composition of the segment remains unchanged. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
66 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

4.  Segment reporting (continued) 

Information regarding the results of each reportable segment is included below. Performance is measured based on segment 
operating income or loss. This measure is included in the internal management reports that are reviewed by the Group’s CEO 
and refers to “Operating income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of income. Segment’s operating income or loss is used 
to measure performance as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of certain 
segments relative to other entities that operate within these industries.  

Package 

and 
Courier  

Less- 

Than- 
Truckload  

Truckload  

Logistics  

Corporate   Eliminations  

Total  

2019 

External revenue 

    623,734    

822,568     2,182,592    

984,735    

External fuel surcharge 

86,910    

132,086    

307,171    

39,068    

—    

—    

—     4,613,629  

—    

565,235  

Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge 

5,177    

10,297    

19,989    

3,949    

—    

(39,412 )   

—  

Total revenue 

    715,821    

964,951     2,509,752     1,027,752    

—    

(39,412 )    5,178,864  

Operating income (loss) 

    109,106    

109,199    

254,998    

76,370    

(38,053 )   

—    

511,620  

Selected items: 

Depreciation and amortization 

33,012    

70,193    

242,444    

44,571    

2,072    

—    

392,292  

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

—    

—    

12    

Gain (loss) on sale of assets held for sale 

1,117    

11,346    

16,310    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

10,787    

—    

(160 )   

—    

—    

—    

—    

12  

28,613  

10,787  

Bargain purchase gain 

Intangible assets 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

    246,948    

244,756     1,117,840    

341,183    

4,175    

—     1,954,902  

    481,903    

773,833     2,684,867    

547,890    

68,762    

—     4,557,255  

    155,391    

299,090    

542,307    

166,263     1,888,515    

—     3,051,566  

Additions to property and equipment 

17,741    

65,651    

255,550    

2,942    

7,523    

—    

349,407  

2018 

External revenue 

    627,819    

889,283     2,044,831    

946,264    

External fuel surcharge 

94,798    

154,169    

320,064    

45,980    

—    

—    

—     4,508,197  

—    

615,011  

Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge 

5,939    

13,944    

23,970    

7,942    

—    

(51,795 )   

—  

Total revenue 

    728,556     1,057,396     2,388,865     1,000,186    

—    

(51,795 )    5,123,208  

Operating income (loss) 

    113,214    

85,132    

207,723    

54,492    

(30,037 )   

—    

430,524  

Selected items: 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

13,232    

34,448    

186,172    

24,267    

2,474    

—    

260,593  

—    

—    

—    

—    

275    

—    

12,559    

279    

2,299    

12,909    

(30 )  

—    

—    

—    

—    

412    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

12,559  

524  

15,620  

1,249  

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

1,249    

—    

—    

Intangible assets 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

    247,280    

256,009     1,065,624    

329,460    

3,122    

—     1,901,495  

    398,859    

636,724     2,484,367    

464,834    

65,176    

—     4,049,960  

66,057    

146,852    

432,010    

111,097     1,717,090    

—     2,473,106  

Additions to property and equipment 

18,268    

29,345    

262,719    

2,675    

1,066    

—    

314,073  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

67 

4.  Segment reporting (continued) 

Geographical information 

Revenue is attributed to geographical locations based on the origin of service’s location.  

Total revenue 

2019 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

Total 

2018 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

Total 

Package 
and 
Courier  

Less- 
Than- 
Truckload  

  Truckload  

Logistics  

  Eliminations  

Total  

  715,821  

805,514  

  1,060,654  

—  

—  

159,437  

  1,449,098  

—  

—  

286,814  

720,126  

20,812  

(37,622 ) 

  2,831,181  

(1,790 ) 

  2,326,871  

—  

20,812  

  715,821  

964,951  

  2,509,752  

  1,027,752  

(39,412 ) 

  5,178,864  

  728,556  

882,495  

  1,006,340  

—  

—  

174,901  

  1,382,525  

—  

—  

317,561  

659,975  

22,650  

(50,699 ) 

  2,884,253  

(1,096 ) 

  2,216,305  

—  

22,650  

  728,556  

  1,057,396  

  2,388,865  

  1,000,186  

(51,795 ) 

  5,123,208  

Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. 

Property and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

5.  Business combinations 

a)  Business combinations 

2019  

2018  

  2,308,400  

  1,927,241  

  1,518,877  

  1,347,574  

23,349  

23,069  

  3,850,626  

  3,297,884  

In line with the Group’s growth strategy, the Group acquired eight businesses during 2019, of which Schilli Corporation 
(“Schilli”), which was renamed BTC East in September 2019, was considered material. These transactions were concluded 
in order to add density in the Group’s current network and further expand value-added services.  

On  February  22,  2019,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  Schilli.  Based  in  St.  Louis,  Schilli  specializes  in  the 
transportation  of  dry  and  liquid  bulk  and  offers  dedicated  fleet  solutions  and  other  value-add  services  throughout  the 
Midwest, Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. The purchase price for this business acquisition totalled 
$76.6 million, which has been paid in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Schilli contributed revenue and net 
income of $70.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively since the acquisition.  

On  April  29,  2019,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  certain  assets  of  BeavEx  Incorporated  Inc.  and  its  affiliates 
Guardian Medical Logistics, JNJW Enterprises Inc. and USXP LLC (collectively “BeavEx”). The purchase price for this business 
acquisition  totalled  $9.7  million,  which  has  been  paid  in  cash.  The  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  net  assets  acquired, 
including the fair value of the customer relationships acquired, exceeded the purchase price, resulting in a bargain purchase 
gain of $10.8 million in the logistics segment. 

If the Group acquired the eight businesses on January 1, 2019, as per management’s best estimates, the revenue and net 
income for these entities would have been $396.7 million and $22.7 million, respectively. In determining these estimated 
amounts, management assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the 
same had the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2019. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
68 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

5.  Business combinations (continued) 

a)  Business combinations (continued) 

During  2019,  transaction  costs  of  $0.2  million  have  been  expensed  in  other  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions. 

As of the reporting date, the Group had not completed the purchase price allocation over the identifiable net assets and 
goodwill of the 2019 acquisitions. Information to confirm fair value of certain assets and liabilities is still to be obtained for 
these acquisitions. As the Group obtains more information, the allocations will be completed. The table below presents the 
purchase price allocation based on the best information available to the Group to date. 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed 

Note  

Schilli  

  Others*  

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventoried supplies and prepaid expenses 

Property and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Other assets 

Trade and other payables 

Income tax payable 

Provisions 

Other non-current liabilities 

Long-term debt 

Lease liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets 

Total consideration transferred 

Goodwill 

Bargain purchase gain 

Cash 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration transferred 

11,622  

7,365  

2,426  

28,484  

3,189  

12,910  

284  

(3,617 ) 

(4,205 ) 

(1,921 ) 

—  

—  

(3,189 ) 

(9,606 ) 

9  

10  

11  

17  

15  

8,716  

38,301  

5,242  

60,050  

11,451  

49,912  

(184 ) 

2019  

20,338  

45,666  

7,668  

2018  

2,560  

41,771  

6,408  

88,534  

  100,058  

14,640  

62,822  

100  

—  

37,611  

428  

(29,415 ) 

(33,032 ) 

(23,576 ) 

(1,913 ) 

34  

(481 ) 

(6,118 ) 

(1,887 ) 

(481 ) 

63  

—  

—  

(11,505 ) 

(11,505 ) 

(23,395 ) 

(11,451 ) 

(14,640 ) 

—  

(12,353 ) 

(21,959 ) 

(20,740 ) 

43,742  

  106,403  

  150,145  

  121,188  

76,613  

  145,043  

  221,656  

  164,393  

11  

32,871  

49,427  

82,298  

43,205  

—  

(10,787 ) 

(10,787 ) 

—  

76,613  

  144,126  

  220,739  

  159,047  

—  

917  

917  

5,346  

76,613  

  145,043  

  221,656  

  164,393  

(*) 

Includes non-material adjustments to prior year’s acquisitions 

The trade receivables comprise gross amounts due of $40.3 million, of which $1.1 million was expected to be uncollectible 
at the acquisition date. 

Of the goodwill and intangible assets acquired through business combinations in 2019, $25.0 million is deductible for tax 
purposes (2018 – $7.2 million). 

During 2018, the Group acquired nine businesses, notably Normandin Transit Inc. (“Normandin”). 

On  April  3,  2018,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  Normandin.  Based  in  Quebec,  Normandin  focuses  on  the 
transportation of less-than-truckload and full truckload freight shipments to and from the United States and Canada.  

During  2018,  transaction  costs  of  $0.2  million  have  been  expensed  in  other  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

69 

5.  Business combinations (continued) 

b)  Goodwill 

The  goodwill  is  attributable  mainly  to  the  premium  of  an  established  business  operation  with  a  good  reputation  in  the 
transportation industry, and the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating the acquired entity into the Group’s 
existing business. 

The goodwill arising in the above business combinations has been allocated to operating segments as indicated in the table 
below, which represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored internally. 

Operating segment 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics 

  Reportable segment 

  Truckload 

  Logistics 

(*) 

Includes non-material adjustments to prior year’s acquisitions 

c)  Contingent consideration 

2019*  

67,108  

15,190  

82,298  

The contingent consideration relates to a non-material business acquisition and is recorded in the original purchase price 
allocation. The fair value was determined using expected cash flows based on probability weighted scenario discounted at a 
rate of 6%. This consideration is contingent on achieving specified earning levels in the future periods. The maximum yearly 
amount payable for the next two years is $0.5 million for a total consideration of $1.0 million. At December 31, 2019, the 
fair  value  of  the  contingent  arrangement  was  estimated  at  $0.9  million  and  is  currently  presented  in  other  financial 
liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial position.  

Contingent consideration related to prior year business combination was revalued with fair value adjustment recorded in 
finance income of the consolidated statements of income. 

d)  Adjustment to the provisional amounts of prior year’s business combinations 

The  2018  annual  consolidated  financial  statements  included  details  of  the  Group’s  business  combinations  and  set  out 
provisional  fair  values  relating  to  the  consideration  paid  and  net  assets  acquired  of  Normandin  and  various  non-material 
acquisitions. These acquisitions were accounted for under the provisions of IFRS 3.  

As  required  by  IFRS  3,  the  provisional  fair  values  have  been  reassessed  in  light  of  information  obtained  during  the 
measurement period following the acquisition. Consequently, the fair value of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed of 
Normandin  and  the  non-material  acquisitions  have  been  adjusted  in  2019.  No  material  adjustments  were  required  to  the 
provisional fair values for these prior period’s business combinations, and have been included with other acquisitions of 2019. 

6.  Discontinued operations 

In Q2 2019, the Group received an unfavorable ruling on an accident claim, resulting in a loss of $12.5 million ($16.6 million, 
net  of  tax  of  $4.1  million).  The  incident  occurred  in  an  operating  division  which  was  part  of  the  discontinued  rig  moving 
segment. The rig moving segment was classified as discontinued on September 30, 2015.  

In Q4 2019, the tax implications were re-evaluated, resulting in a decrease of recoverable tax of $1.7 million. The total net loss 
for 2019 amounted to $14.2 million ($16.6 million, net of tax of $2.4 million). 

The net cash outflows from discontinued operations amounted to $16.2 million ($18.6 million, net of tax of $2.4 million).  

The basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 from discontinued operations is $0.17 and $0.17, respectively.  

7.  Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

2019  

2018  

  574,261  

  605,320  

13,109  

26,407  

  587,370  

  631,727  

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in note 26 a) and d). 

Trade receivables at December 31, 2019 include $9.9 million of in-transit revenue balances (2018 – $10.8 million). Due to the 
short-term  nature  of  the  transportation  and  logistics  services  provided  by  the  Group,  these  services  are  expected  to  be 
completed within the week following the year-end. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

8.  Additional cash flow information 

Net change in non-cash operating working capital 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventoried supplies 

Prepaid expenses 

Trade and other payables 

9.  Property and equipment 

Cost 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Additions through business combinations 

Other additions 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Reclassification from assets held for sale 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

2019  

77,374  

3,032  

5,018  

(65,824 ) 

19,600  

2018  

(2,624 ) 
434  
(980 ) 
15,817  
12,647  

Land and 
buildings  

Rolling 
stock  

Equipment  

Total  

333,465  

  1,294,403  

  152,470  

  1,780,338  

25,415  

15,412  

72,427  

2,216  

100,058  

284,459  

14,202  

314,073  

(3,235 )   

(172,941 ) 

(12,501 ) 

(188,677 ) 

(24,330 )   

(3,420 ) 

23,834  

6,154  

—  

52,321  

—  

—  

459  

(27,750 ) 

23,834  

58,934  

376,715  

  1,527,249  

  156,846  

  2,060,810  

Additions through business combinations 

6,378  

79,232  

2,924  

88,534  

Other additions 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Transfer to right-of-use assets 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Depreciation 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Depreciation for the year 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Reclassification from assets held for sale 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Depreciation for the year 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Transfer to right-of-use assets 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Net carrying amounts 

At December 31, 2018 

At December 31, 2019 

TFI International 

52,566  

280,704  

16,137  

349,407  

(3,483 )   

(167,640 ) 

(12,984 ) 

(184,107 ) 

(28,226 )   

(3,535 ) 

—  

(38,920 ) 

—  

—  

(31,761 ) 

(38,920 ) 

(3,041 )   

(31,104 ) 

(188 ) 

(34,333 ) 

400,909  

  1,645,986  

  162,735  

  2,209,630  

69,676  

10,928  

411,785  

  101,264  

582,725  

174,407  

13,157  

198,492  

(1,858 )   

(104,867 ) 

(12,328 ) 

(119,053 ) 

(5,157 )   

(2,964 ) 

1,974  

958  

76,521  

11,784  

—  

7,811  

—  

—  

(365 ) 

(8,121 ) 

1,974  

8,404  

486,172  

  101,728  

664,421  

198,469  

13,541  

223,794  

(3,216 )   

(94,630 ) 

(11,509 ) 

(109,355 ) 

(8,447 )   

(2,956 ) 

—  

(13,235 ) 

(521 )   

(6,033 ) 

—  

—  

255  

(11,403 ) 

(13,235 ) 

(6,299 ) 

76,121  

567,787  

  104,015  

747,923  

300,194  

  1,041,077  

55,118  

  1,396,389  

324,788  

  1,078,199  

58,720  

  1,461,707  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

71 

9.  Property and equipment (continued) 

As at December 31, 2019, $3.1 million is included in trade and other payables for the purchases of property and equipment 
(2018 – nil). 

Security 

At December 31, 2019, certain rolling stock are pledged as security for conditional sales contracts, with a carrying amount of 
$180 million (2018 – $179 million) (see note 14). 

10.  Right-of-use assets 

Cost 

Initial recognition of IFRS 16 

Transfer from property and equipment 

Other additions 

Additions through business combinations 

Derecognition 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Depreciation 

Initial recognition of IFRS 16 

Transfer from property and equipment 

Depreciation 

Derecognition 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Net carrying amounts 

At December 31, 2019 

Land and 
buildings  

Rolling 
stock  

Equipment  

Total  

  565,960  

  130,805  

1,940  

  698,705  

—  

29,547  

11,754  

38,920  

54,337  

2,886  

(46,737 ) 

(13,844 ) 

(1,897 ) 

16  

—  

466  

—  

(14 ) 

(3 ) 

38,920  

84,350  

14,640  

(60,595 ) 

(1,884 ) 

  558,627  

  213,120  

2,389  

  774,136  

  207,429  

2  

67,256  

51,148  

13,233  

34,653  

(22,425 ) 

(11,736 ) 

(704 ) 

(124 ) 

720  

  259,297  

—  

13,235  

664  

  102,573  

(2 ) 

5  

(34,163 ) 

(823 ) 

  251,558  

87,174  

1,387  

  340,119  

  307,069  

  125,946  

1,002  

  434,017  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
72 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

11.  Intangible assets 

Cost 

Other intangible assets 

Non- 

Customer 

Goodwill  

relationships  

Trademarks  

compete 
agreements  

Information 

technology  

Total  

Balance at December 31, 2017 

    1,576,661    

538,139    

102,626    

8,964    

23,961     2,250,351  

Additions through business combinations 

43,205    

31,982    

2,640    

2,250    

739    

80,816  

Other additions 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

—    

—    

—    

1,863    

(2,137 )  

(7,612 )  

—    

—    

—    

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

54,923    

20,697    

5,647    

—    

—    

(28 )   

439    

2,558    

4,421  

—    

(2,137 ) 

(2,796 )   

(10,436 ) 

263    

81,969  

Balance at December 31, 2018 

    1,674,789    

582,932    

110,913    

11,625    

24,725     2,404,984  

Additions through business combinations 

82,298    

55,064    

3,369    

4,339    

50    

145,120  

Other additions 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

—    

—    

—    

—    

(274 )  

(1,469 )  

—    

—    

—    

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

(28,216 )   

(10,974 )  

(2,903 )   

—    

—    

(220 )   

(246 )   

4,826    

4,826  

—    

(274 ) 

(2,379 )   

(4,068 ) 

(150 )   

(42,489 ) 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

    1,728,871    

625,279    

111,379    

15,498    

27,072     2,508,099  

Amortization and impairment losses 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

185,450    

174,218    

37,578    

1,714    

19,117    

418,077  

Amortization for the year 

Impairment loss 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

—    

—    

—    

—    

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

10,970    

50,542    

12,559    

(411 )  

(7,612 )  

8,386    

7,100    

1,826    

2,633    

62,101  

—    

—    

—    

1,924    

—    

—    

(28 )   

102    

—    

—    

12,559  

(411 ) 

(2,796 )   

(10,436 ) 

217    

21,599  

Balance at December 31, 2018 

196,420    

237,682    

46,602    

3,614    

19,171    

503,489  

Amortization for the year 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

—    

—    

—    

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

(5,640 )   

54,468    

6,659    

2,484    

2,314    

65,925  

(5 )  

(1,469 )  

(5,246 )  

—    

—    

(1,075 )   

—    

(220 )   

(72 )   

—    

(5 ) 

(2,379 )   

(4,068 ) 

(111 )   

(12,144 ) 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

190,780    

285,430    

52,186    

5,806    

18,995    

553,197  

Net carrying amounts 

At December 31, 2018 

    1,478,369    

345,250    

64,311    

8,011    

5,554     1,901,495  

At December 31, 2019 

    1,538,091    

339,849    

59,193    

9,692    

8,077     1,954,902  

At December 31, 2019, the Group performed its annual impairment testing for indefinite life trade names. The Group estimated 
the  value  in  use  to  be  $34.7 million  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of  $32.8 million,  resulting  in  no  impairment  charge. 
Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 8.5% and 9.7% in its analysis. 

In Q2 2018, the Group reassessed the useful lives of some operational trade names from finite to indefinite. Brand recognition, 
dominance in geographical area, resilience to economic and social changes as well as management intent to keep the brands 
indefinitely were decisive factors leading to this conclusion. At the time of change in estimate, which was applied prospectively, 
the Group tested these trade names for impairment. The Group estimated the value in use to be $38.6 million compared to its 
carrying  value  of  $32.7  million,  resulting  in  no  impairment  charge.  Management  used  the  relief-from-royalty  method  and 
discount rates between 9.5% and 10.5% in its analysis. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
   
    
   
  
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

73 

11.  Intangible assets (continued) 

At December 31, 2018, the Group performed its annual impairment testing for indefinite life trade names. The Group estimated 
the  value  in  use  to  be  $38.9  million  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of  $34.4  million,  resulting  in  no  impairment  charge. 
Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 9.7% and 10.7% in its analysis. 

In  2018,  difficulties  in  retaining  and  recruiting  qualified  subcontractors  and  the  inability  to  successfully  increase  revenue 
impacted  the  current  and  expected  future  cash  flows  of  one  of  the  2017  business  acquisitions.  This  was  identified  as  an 
indicator of impairment for its customer relationships. The Group estimated the value in use of the customer relationships to be 
$15.0 million using the discounted cash flow approach, adopting the excess cash flow methodology compared to its carrying 
value  of  $27.6  million,  resulting  in  an  impairment  charge  of  $12.6  million.  Management  assumed  that  the  customer 
relationships have a value for 10 years and used a discount rate of 12.9% in its analysis. The Group also revalued the contingent 
consideration related to the above-mentioned business combination. This consideration was contingent on achieving specified 
earning  levels  in  future  periods.  The  fair  value  was  determined  using  expected  cash  flows  based  on  probability  weighted 
scenario. A reversal of $13.2 million was recorded in finance income of the consolidated statements of income. 

At December 31, 2019, the Group performed its annual goodwill impairment tests for operating segments which represent the 
lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. The aggregate carrying 
amounts of goodwill allocated to each unit are as follows: 

Reportable segment / operating segment 

Package and Courier 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Truckload 

Canadian Truckload 

U.S. Truckload 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics 

2019  

241,181  

169,349  

109,964  

316,796  

459,147  

241,654  

2018  

241,181  

169,349  

109,964  

330,458  

394,122  

233,295  

  1,538,091  

  1,478,369  

The results as at December 31, 2019 determined that the recoverable  amounts of the Group’s operating segments exceeded 
their respective carrying amounts. 

The recoverable amounts of the Group’s operating segments were determined using the value in use approach. The value in use 
methodology is based on discounted future cash flows. Management believes that the discounted future cash flows method is 
appropriate as it allows more precise valuation of specific future cash flows. 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using pre-tax discount rates as 
follows:  

Reportable segment / operating segment 

Package and Courier 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Truckload 

Canadian Truckload 

U.S. Truckload 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics 

2019  

9.7%  

9.2%  

11.7%  

10.7%  

11.2%  

9.7%  

2018  

10.0%  

9.5%  

12.0%  

11.0%  

11.5%  

10.0%  

The discount rates were estimated based on past experience, and industry average weighted average cost of capital, which were 
based on a possible range of debt leveraging of 50.0% (2018 – 50.0%) at a market interest rate of 7.7% (2018 – 7.8%). 

First year cash flows were projected based on previous operating results and reflect current economic conditions. For a further 
4-year  period,  cash  flows  were  extrapolated  using  an  average  growth  rate  of  2.0%  (2018  –  2.0%)  in  revenues  and  margins 
were adjusted where deemed appropriate. The terminal value growth rate was 2.0% (2018 – 2.0%). The values assigned to the 
key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the transportation industry and were based on both 
external and internal sources (historical data). 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

12.  Other assets 

Promissory note 

Restricted cash 

Security deposits 

Investments in equity securities 

Other 

Presented as: 

Current other assets 

Non-current other assets 

2019  

24,814  

4,298  

4,109  

1,391  

1,443  

2018  

22,686  

4,267  

3,445  

1,498  

1,780  

36,055  

33,676  

24,814  

11,241  

—  

33,676  

Restricted  cash  consists  of  cash  held  as  potential  claims  collateral  pursuant  to  re-insurance  agreements  under  the  Group’s 
insurance program. 

On February 1, 2016, the Company sold the Waste Management segment (“Waste”) to GFL Environmental Inc. (“GFL”) for a 
total  consideration  of $800 million,  which  included  an  unsecured  promissory  note  of $25 million  yielding  3%  interest  with a 
term of 4 years. On February 1, 2020, the promissory note was collected in full by the Company. 

13.  Trade and other payables 

Trade payables and accrued expenses 

Personnel accrued expenses 

Dividend payable 

2019  

309,641  

112,650  

21,177  

443,468  

2018  

337,470  

117,380  

20,735  

475,585  

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 26. 

14.  Long-term debt 

This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing long-term debt, which are measured 
at amortized cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange currency and liquidity, 
see note 26. 

Non-current liabilities 

Unsecured revolving facilities 

Unsecured term loans 

Unsecured debenture 

Unsecured senior notes 

Conditional sales contracts 

Finance lease liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Current portion of unsecured revolving facilities 

Current portion of conditional sales contracts 

Current portion of finance lease liabilities 

Current portion of unsecured term loans 

TFI International 

2019  

2018  

590,259  

609,147  

198,900  

194,820  

97,914  

—  

740,556  

498,805  

124,825  

—  

94,222  

3,675  

  1,691,040  

  1,462,083  

11,970  

41,677  

—  

—  

—  

41,919  

5,489  

74,932  

53,647  

122,340  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

75 

14.  Long-term debt (continued) 

Terms and conditions of outstanding long-term debt are as follows: 

  Currency   Nominal interest rate  

Year of  
maturity  

Face value  

Carrying 
amount  

Face value  

Carrying 
amount  

2019 

2018 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured term loan 

Unsecured debenture 

Unsecured senior notes 

Unsecured term loan 

  a  

  a  

  b  

  a  

  c  

  d  

  a  

C$    

US$    

US$    

BA + 1.70%    

2023    

140,600    

137,821    

274,832    

273,208  

Libor + 1.70%    

2023    

349,906    

452,438    

344,617    

467,348  

Libor + 1.70%    

2020    

9,216    

11,970    

—    

—  

C$   BA + 1.20% - 1.45%     2021-2022    

610,000    

609,147    

500,000    

498,805  

C$    

US$    

—    

3.32% - 4.22%    

2024    

200,000    

198,900    

125,000    

124,825  

3.85%    

2026    

150,000    

194,820    

—    

—  

—    

—    

—    

—    

75,000    

74,932  

Conditional sales contracts 

  e   Mainly C$    

2.00% - 4.99%     2020-2025    

139,591    

139,591    

136,141    

136,141  

Finance lease liabilities 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

9,164    

9,164  

     1,744,687    

     1,584,423  

The table below summarizes changes to the long-term debt: 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Transfer to lease liabilities 

Proceeds 

Business combinations 

Repayment including deferred financing fees 

Accretion of deferred financing fees 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Effect of movements in exchange rates – OCI 

Other 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Note  

2019  

2018  

  1,584,423  

  1,498,396  

5  

(9,164 ) 

433,600  

11,505  

—  

88,907  

23,395  

(252,483 ) 

(67,180 ) 

2,261  

(6,857 ) 

2,335  

7,489  

(18,598 ) 

30,796  

—  

285  

  1,744,687  

  1,584,423  

a)  Unsecured revolving credit facility and term loans 

On February 1, 2019, the $500 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $575 million. On 
February 11, 2019, the related incremental funds were used to reimburse a separate $75 million unsecured term loan that 
was due to mature in August 2019. Deferred financing fees of $0.1 million were recognized on the increase. 

On  February  1,  2019,  the  Group  renegotiated  the  pricing  grid  of  both  its  revolving  credit  facility  and  $575  million  term 
loan. The $575 million term loan remains within the confines of the credit facility, but now has a pricing grid different than 
the revolving credit facility and each of the two tranches have now their own pricing grid. Deferred financing fees of $0.3 
million were recognized on the pricing grid revision. 

On June 27, 2019, the Group extended its existing revolving credit facility by one year, to June 2023. Deferred financing 
fees of $0.9 million were recognized on the extension. 

On June 27, 2019, the Group extended the maturity of the $575 million unsecured term loan by one year for each tranche, 
$200 million now due in June 2021 and $375 million now due in June 2022. Deferred financing fees of $0.4 million were 
recognized on the extension. 

On December 27, 2019, the $575 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $610 million. 
Deferred financing fees of $0.1 million were recognized on the increase. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
    
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
76 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

14.  Long-term debt (continued) 

a)  Unsecured revolving credit facility and term loans (continued) 

The  revolving  credit  facility  is  unsecured  and  can  be  extended  annually.  The  total  available  amount  under  this  revolving 
facility  is  $1,200  million.  The  agreement  still  provides,  under  certain  conditions,  an  additional  $250  million  of  credit 
availability  (C$245  million  and  US$5  million).  Based  on  certain  ratios,  the  interest  rate  will  vary  between  banker’s 
acceptance rate (or Libor rate on US$ denominated debt) plus applicable margin, which can vary between 120 basis points 
and  200  basis  points.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  credit  facility’s  interest  rate  on  CAD  denominated  debt  was  3.8% 
(2018  –  4.0%)  and  on  US$  denominated  debt  was  3.4%  (2018  –  4.2%).  The  Group  is  subject  to  certain  covenants 
regarding the maintenance of financial ratios and was in compliance with these covenants at year-end (see note 26 (f)). 

The term loan is unsecured and is divided into two tranches, the first tranche of $200 million is now due in June 2021 and 
the  second  tranche  of  $410  million  is  now  due  in  June  2022.  Early  repayment,  in  part  or  whole,  is  permitted,  without 
penalty, and will permanently reduce the amount borrowed. The terms and conditions of this unsecured term loan are the 
same as the unsecured revolving credit facility and are subject to the same covenants. As of December 31, 2019, the term 
loan’s interest rate was 3.3% on first tranche and 3.5% on second tranche (2018 – 4.0%). 

b)  Unsecured revolving facility 

On November 22, 2019, the Group entered into a new revolving credit facility agreement. The credit facility is unsecured 
and provides an availability of US$25 million maturing in November 2020. Interest rate is following the same pricing grid 
applicable for the US$ denominated debt in the $1,200 million revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2019, the credit 
facility’s interest  rate  was 3.4%.  The  Group  is  subject  to  certain  covenants  regarding  the maintenance  of  financial  ratios 
and was in compliance with these covenants at year-end (see note 26 (f)). 

c)  Unsecured debenture 

On  December  20,  2019,  the  unsecured  debenture  was  amended  to  increase  the  indebtedness  by  $75  million,  to  $200 
million,  and  to  extend  maturity  date  by  four  years,  to  December  2024.  Following  this  amendment,  debenture  is  now 
carrying  an  interest  rate  between  3.32%  and  4.22%  (2018  –  3.00%  to  3.45%)  depending  on  certain  ratios.  As  of 
December  31,  2019,  the  debenture’s  effective  rate  was  3.77%  (2018  –  3.00%). The  debenture  may  be  repaid,  without 
penalty,  after  December  20,  2022,  subject  to  the approval  of  the  Group’s  syndicate  of  bank  lenders.  Deferred  financing 
fees of $1.1 million were recognized on the increase and extension. 

d)  Unsecured senior notes 

On  December  20,  2019,  the  Group  entered  into  a  new  unsecured  senior  note  agreement.  This  loan  takes  the  form  of 
senior notes each carrying an interest rate of 3.85% and with a December 2026 maturity date. These notes may be prepaid 
at  any  time  prior  to  maturity  date,  in  part  or  in  total,  at  100%  of  the  principal  amount  and  the  make-whole  amount 
determined at the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. 

e)   Conditional sales contracts 

Conditional sales contracts are secured by rolling stock having a carrying value of $180 million (2018 – $179 million) (see 
note 8).  

f) 

Principal installments of other long-term debt payable during the subsequent years are as follows: 

Unsecured revolving facilities 
Unsecured term loan 
Unsecured debenture 
Unsecured senior notes 
Conditional sales contracts 

Less than 1 
year  
11,970  
—  
—  
—  
41,677  
53,647  

1 to 5 years  
593,495  
610,000  
200,000  
—  
97,691  
1,501,186  

More than 
5 years  
—  
—  
—  
  194,820  
223  
  195,043  

Total   
605,465  
610,000  
200,000  
194,820  
139,591  
  1,749,876  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

77 

15.  Lease liabilities 

Current portion of lease liabilities 

Long-term portion of lease liabilities 

The table below summarizes changes to the lease liabilities: 

Initial recognition on transition to IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019 

Transfer of finance leases from long-term debt 

Business combinations 

Additions 

Disposals 

Repayment 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Extension options  

2019  

99,133  

  362,709  

  461,842  

Note  

2019  

  483,458  

5  

9,164  

14,640  

84,350  

(28,708 ) 

(99,573 ) 

(1,489 ) 

  461,842  

Some  real  estate  leases  contain  extension  options  exercisable  by  the  Group.  Where  practicable,  the  Group  seeks  to  include 
extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether 
it is reasonably certain to exercise the extension options. The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the 
options if there is a significant event or significant changes in circumstances within its control.  

The  lease  liabilities  include  future  lease  payments  of  $50.4  million  related  to  extension  options  that  the  Group  is  reasonably 
certain to exercise. 

The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise  the remaining extension options, would 
result in an increase in lease liabilities of $464.6 million. 

The Group does not have a significant exposure to termination options and penalties. 

Variable lease payments 

Some leases contain variable lease payments which are not included in the measurement of the lease liability. These payments 
include, amongst others, common area maintenance fees, municipal taxes and vehicle maintenance fees. The expense related to 
variable lease payments for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $24.0 million. 

Sub-leases 

The Group sub-leases some of its properties. Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 
was $16.3 million, presented in “Other operating expenses”. 

Contractual cash flows 

The total contractual cash flow maturities of the Group’s lease liabilities are as follows: 

Less than 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

More than 5 years 

2019  

  114,953  

  285,356  

  126,467  

  526,776  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating lease expenses of $44.2 million (2018 – $152.0 million) were recognized in 
the  consolidated  statement  of income  for  leases  that either  did  not meet  the definition of  a  lease  under  IFRS  16,  which  was 
adopted on January 1, 2019, or were excluded based on practical expedients applied at transition. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

16.  Employee benefits 

The Group sponsors defined benefit pension plans for 165 of its employees (2018 – 193). 

These  plans  are  all  within  Canada  and  include  one  unregistered  plan.  All  the  defined  benefit  plans  are  no  longer  offered  to 
employees  and  two  defined  benefits  plan  in  the  past  have  been  converted  prospectively  to  defined  contribution  plans. 
Therefore, the future obligation will only vary by actuarial re-measurements. 

With the exception of one plan, all other plans do not have recurring contributions for employees. These plans are still required 
to fund past service costs. The remaining plan is fully funded by the Group.  

The Group measures its accrued benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for accounting purposes as at December 31 
of each year. The most recent actuarial valuation of the pension plans for funding purposes was as of December 31, 2018 and 
the next required valuation will be as of December 31, 2019. 

In  addition  to  the  above-mentioned  defined  benefit  plans,  the  Group  sponsors  an  employee  severance  plan  in  Mexico.  At 
December 31, 2019, total obligation under this arrangement amounted to $1.3 million ($1.1 million in 2018). 

Information about the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is as follows: 

Accrued benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Plan deficit – employee benefit liability 

Plan assets comprise: 

Equity securities 

Debt securities 

Other 

2019  

40,846  

2018  

37,623  

(23,519 ) 

(22,620 ) 

17,327  

15,003  

2019  

16%  

81%  

3%  

2018  

31%  

57%  

12%  

All equity and debt securities have quoted prices in active markets. Debt securities are held through mutual funds and primarily 
hold investments with ratings of AAA or AA, based on Moody’s ratings.  

The other asset categories are real estate investment trusts. 

Movement in the present value of the accrued benefit obligation for defined benefit plans: 

2019  

37,623  

658  

1,466  

2018  

48,689  

695  

1,526  

(1,695 ) 

(10,860 ) 

—  

2,994  

(200 ) 

234  

(2,129 ) 

(532 ) 

40,846  

37,623  

Accrued benefit obligation, beginning of year 

Current service cost 

Interest cost 

Benefits paid 

Remeasurement (gain) loss arising from: 

-Demographic assumptions 

-Financial assumptions 

-Experience 

Accrued benefit obligation, end of year 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

79 

16.  Employee benefits (continued) 

Movement in the fair value of plan assets for defined benefit plans: 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year 

Interest income 

Employer contributions 

Benefits paid 

Remeasurement gain (loss) arising from financial assumptions 

Plan administration expenses 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year 

Expense recognized in income or loss: 

Current service cost 

Net interest cost 

Plan administration expenses 

Pension expense 

Actual return on plan assets 

Actuarial losses recognized in other comprehensive income: 

Amount accumulated in retained earnings, beginning of year 

Recognized during the year 

Amount accumulated in retained earnings, end of year 

2019  

22,620  

882  

1,287  

2018  

31,822  

950  

1,685  

(1,695 ) 

(10,860 ) 

617  

(192 ) 

(815 ) 

(162 ) 

23,519  

22,620  

2019  

2018  

658  

584  

192  

1,434  

1,499  

2019  

11,712  

2,177  

13,889  

695  

576  

162  

1,433  

135  

2018  

13,324  

(1,612 ) 

11,712  

Recognized during the year, net of tax 

1,619  

(1,181 ) 

The significant actuarial assumptions used (expressed as weighted average): 

Accrued benefit obligation: 

Discount rate at December 31 

Future salary increases 

Employee benefit expense: 

Discount rate at January 1 

Rate of return on plan assets at January 1 

Future salary increases 

2019  

2018  

3.3%  

1.5%  

4.0%  

4.0%  

1.5%  

4.0%  

1.5%  

3.5%  

3.5%  

1.2%  

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current longevities underlying 
the value of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows: 

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 

Males 

Females 

Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 

Males 

Females 

2019  

2018  

22.0  

24.7  

23.5  

26.0  

21.9  

24.6  

23.4  

26.0  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

16.  Employee benefits (continued) 

At December 31, 2019 the weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligation was 12.1 years. 

The following table presents the impact of changes of major assumptions on the defined benefit obligation for the years ended: 

Discount rate (1% movement) 

Life expectancy (1-year movement) 

Historical information: 

Present value of the accrued benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Deficit in the plan 

Experience adjustments arising on plan 
obligations 

Experience adjustments arising on plan assets 

2019 

2018  

Increase  

  Decrease  

Increase  

  Decrease  

(4,137 ) 

980  

5,044  

(1,097 ) 

(5,112 ) 

1,130  

6,244  

(1,088 ) 

2019  

40,846  

2018  

37,623  

2017  

48,689  

2016  

45,942  

2015  

46,908  

(23,519 ) 

(22,620 ) 

(31,822 ) 

(31,660 ) 

(33,147 ) 

17,327  

15,003  

16,867  

14,282  

13,761  

2,794  

617  

(2,427 ) 

(815 ) 

3,088  

456  

521  

1,077  

738  

278  

The Group expects approximately $3.1 million in contributions to be paid to its defined benefit plans in 2020. 

17.  Provisions 

Balance at January 1, 2018 

Provisions made during the year 

Provisions used during the year 

Provisions reversed during the year 

Unwind of discount on long-term provisions 

Balance at January 1, 2019 

Self insurance  

55,215  

66,441  

(64,198 ) 

(7,721 ) 

406  

50,143  

17,721  

Other  

16,509  

10,058  

Total   

71,724  

76,499  

(9,524 ) 

(73,722 ) 

678  

—  

1,216  

6,767  

(23,050 ) 

(579 ) 

—  

(7,043 ) 

406  

67,864  

1,887  

83,399  

(88,014 ) 

(12,597 ) 

433  

2,075  

52,972  

Additions through business combinations 

5  

Provisions made during the year 

Provisions used during the year 

Provisions reversed during the year 

Unwind of discount on long-term provisions 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

671  

76,632  

(64,964 ) 

(12,018 ) 

433  

50,897  

2019 

Current provisions 

Non-current provisions 

2018 

Current provisions 

Non-current provisions 

21,961  

28,936  

1,760  

315  

23,721  

29,251  

21,761  

28,382  

3,302  

14,419  

25,063  

42,801  

Self-insurance  provisions  represent  the  uninsured  portion  of  outstanding  claims  at  year-end.  The  current  portion  reflects  the 
amount expected to be paid in the following year. Due to the long-term nature of the liability, the provision has been calculated 
using a discount rate of 2.2% (2018 – 2.6%). 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

81 

18.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Derivative financial instruments and investment in equity securities 

Long-term debt 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Tax losses 

Other 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Presented as: 

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Movement in temporary differences during the year: 

2019  

2018  

(244,959 ) 

(213,238 ) 

(103,055 ) 

(104,610 ) 

575  

7,645  

9,675  

12,824  

18,967  

(1,259 ) 

2,297  

7,449  

17,162  

9,950  

(2,338 ) 

(1,282 ) 

(300,666 ) 

(283,531 ) 

11,461  

6,409  

(312,127 ) 

(289,940 ) 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Long-term debt 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Tax losses 

Other 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Property and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Long-term debt 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Tax losses 
Other 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Balance 

December 31, 
2017  

Recognized in 
income or loss  

Recognized 

directly in equity    

Acquired 

in business 
combinations  

Balance 

December 31, 
2018  

(181,628 )   

(103,987 )   

3,877  

9,730  

13,025  

6,583  

(2,654 )   

(255,054 )   

(7,475 )   

11,977  

(2,803 )   

(1,918 )   

2,303  

2,548  

(1,644 )   

2,988  

(10,599 )   

(13,536 )   

(213,238 ) 

(3,357 )   

(9,243 )   

(104,610 ) 

7    

1,216  

(363 )   

1,011    

819    

1,757    

—  

823  

—  

—  

2,297  

7,449  

17,162  

9,950  

(2,541 ) 

(10,725 )   

(20,740 )   

(283,531 ) 

Balance 

December 31, 
2018  

Recognized in 
income or loss  

Recognized 

directly in equity    

Acquired 

in business 
combinations  

Balance 

December 31, 
2019  

(213,238 )   
(104,610 )   
2,297  
7,449  
17,162  
9,950  
(2,541 )   

(283,531 )   

(27,293 )   
11,319  
(4,543 )   
1,687  
(3,839 )   
9,736  
(1,797 )   

(14,730 )   

6,088    
1,678    
9,892    
539    
(499 )   
(719 )   
2,575    

(10,516 )   
(11,442 )   
(1 )   
—  
—  
—  
—  

19,554    

(21,959 )   

(244,959 ) 
(103,055 ) 
7,645  
9,675  
12,824  
18,967  
(1,763 ) 

(300,666 ) 

A tax loss of US$15.7M expires in 2037 (CA$5.2M tax effected) with the remainder of tax losses of US$41.7M (CA$13.7M tax 
effected) not expiring. The related deferred tax assets have been recognized because it is probable that future taxable income 
will be available to benefit from these losses. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

19.  Share capital and other components of equity 

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  common  shares  and  preferred  shares,  issuable  in  series.  Both 
common and preferred shares are without par value. All issued shares are fully paid. 

The common shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the common shares are entitled to receive 
dividends as declared from time to time. Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any other class 
of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company 
upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. 

The preferred shares may be issued in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution of 
the Directors who shall determine the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the preferred 
shares of such series. There are no voting rights attached to the preferred shares except as prescribed by law. In the event of the 
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up  of  the  Company,  or  any  other  distribution  of  assets  of  the  Company  among  its 
shareholders, the holders of the preferred shares of each series are entitled to receive, with priority over the common shares and 
any  other  shares  ranking  junior  to  the  preferred  shares  of  the  Company,  an  amount  equal  to  the  redemption  price  for  such 
shares, plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and not more. The preferred shares for each series 
are also entitled to such other preferences over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares 
as  may  be  determined as  to  their  respective  series  authorized  to  be  issued.  The  preferred  shares  of  each  series  shall  be  on  a 
parity basis with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital. There are 
no preferred shares currently issued and outstanding. 

The following table summarizes the number of common shares issued: 

(in number of shares) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Repurchase and cancellation of own shares 

Stock options exercised 

Balance, end of year 

The following table summarizes the share capital issued and fully paid: 

Balance, beginning of year 

Repurchase and cancellation of own shares 

Cash consideration of stock options exercised 

Ascribed value credited to share capital on stock options exercised 

Issuance of shares on settlement of RSUs 

Balance, end of year 

Note  

2019  

2018  

  86,397,588  

  89,123,588  

(6,409,446 ) 

(3,755,002 ) 

21  

1,462,184  

1,029,002  

  81,450,326  

  86,397,588  

2019  

704,510  

(52,633 ) 

21,761  

5,641  

954  

2018  

711,036  

(30,122 ) 

16,831  

4,009  

2,756  

680,233  

704,510  

Pursuant  to  the  normal  course  issuer  bid  (“NCIB”)  which  began  on  October  2,  2019  and  expiring  on  October  1,  2020,  the 
Company  is  authorized  to  repurchase  for  cancellation  up  to  a  maximum  of  7,000,000  of  its  common  shares  under  certain 
conditions.  As  at  December  31,  2019,  and  since  the  inception  of  this  NCIB,  the  Company  has  repurchased  and  cancelled 
679,100 common shares. 

During 2019, the Company repurchased 6,409,446 common shares at a price ranging from $33.89 to $44.00 per share for a 
total purchase price of $255.7 million relating to the NCIB. During 2018, the Company repurchased 3,755,002 common shares 
at a price ranging from $32.18 to $44.00 per share for a total purchase price of $139.6 million relating to a previous NCIB. The 
excess of the purchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares repurchased in the amount of $203.1 million (2018 – 
$109.5 million) was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium. 

Contributed surplus 

The contributed surplus account is used to record amounts arising on the issue of equity-settled share-based payment awards 
(see note 21). 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

19.  Share capital and other components of equity (continued) 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

83 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, AOCI is comprised of accumulated foreign currency translation differences arising from the 
translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, financial assets measured at fair value through OCI, gain or loss on 
net investment hedge, realized gains on investments, cash flow hedges and defined benefit plan remeasurement gain or loss. 

Dividends 

In 2019, the Company declared quarterly dividends amounting to a total of 98.0 cents per outstanding common share when 
the dividend was declared (2018 – 87.0 cents) for a total of $81.1 million (2018 – $76.1 million). On February 10, 2020, the 
Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of 26.0 cents per outstanding common share of the Company’s capital for an 
expected aggregate payment of $21.2 million which will be paid on April 15, 2020 to shareholders of record at the close of 
business on March 31, 2020. 

20.  Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

The basic earnings per share and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding have been calculated as follows: 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares) 

Net income attributable to owners of the Company 

Issued common shares, beginning of year 

Effect of stock options exercised 

Effect of repurchase of own shares 

Weighted average number of common shares 

2019  

310,283  

2018  

291,994  

  86,397,588  

89,123,588  

846,690  

512,020  

(3,854,133 ) 

(1,669,980 ) 

  83,390,145  

87,965,628  

Earnings per share – basic (in dollars) 

Earnings per share from continuing operations – basic (in dollars) 

3.72  

3.89  

3.32  

3.32  

Diluted earnings per share 

The  diluted  earnings  per  share  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  after  adjustment  for  the 
effects of all dilutive common shares have been calculated as follows: 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares) 

Net income attributable to owners of the Company 

Weighted average number of common shares 

Dilutive effect: 

Stock options and restricted share units 

Weighted average number of diluted common shares 

Earnings per share – diluted (in dollars) 

Earnings per share from continuing operations – diluted (in dollars) 

2019  

310,283  

2018  

291,994  

83,390,145  

87,965,628  

1,974,038  

2,838,361  

85,364,183  

90,803,989  

3.63  

3.80  

3.22  

3.22  

As at December 31, 2019, 900,545 stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (2018 – nil) 
as these options were deemed to be anti-dilutive. 

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of stock options was based on 
quoted market prices for the period during which the options were outstanding. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

21.  Share-based payment arrangements 

Stock option plan (equity-settled) 

The Company offers a stock option plan for the benefit of certain of its employees. The maximum number of shares that can be 
issued upon the exercise of options granted under the current 2012 stock option plan is 5,979,201. Each stock option entitles 
its holder to receive one common share upon exercise. The exercise price payable for each option is determined by the Board of 
Directors at the date of grant, and may not be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares for 
the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant date. The options vest in equal installments over three years and the 
expense  is  recognized  following  the  accelerated  method  as  each  installment  is  fair  valued  separately  and  recorded  over  the 
respective vesting periods. The table below summarizes the changes in the outstanding stock options: 

(in thousands of options and in dollars) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Balance, end of year 

2019  
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price  

21.01  

40.36  

14.88  

36.68  

26.82  

Number 
of  
options  

5,031  

909  

(1,462 ) 

(56 ) 

4,422  

2018  
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price  

19.22  

29.92  

16.36  

29.65  

21.01  

Number 
of 
options  

5,493  

618  

(1,029 ) 

(51 ) 

5,031  

Options exercisable, end of year 

3,040  

22.21  

3,864  

18.44  

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2019: 

(in thousands of options and in dollars) 

Options outstanding  

Options 
exercisable  

Exercise prices 

9.46 

20.18 

24.93 

24.64 

25.14 

29.92 

35.02 

40.36 

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(in years)  

0.6  

0.6  

2.6  

3.6  

1.6  

5.1  

4.1  

6.1  

3.3  

Number 
of 
options  

556  

499  

600  

741  

267  

573  

312  

874  

4,422  

Number 
of 
options  

556  

499  

600  

741  

267  

184  

193  

—  

3,040  

Of  the  options  outstanding  at  December  31,  2019,  a  total  of  3,463,098  (2018  –  3,836,102)  are  held  by  key  management 
personnel. 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised in 2019 was $42.26 (2018 – $42.77).  

In 2019, the Group recognized a compensation expense of $4.5 million (2018 – $3.0 million) with a corresponding increase to 
contributed surplus. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

85 

21.  Share-based payment arrangements (continued) 

Stock option plan (equity-settled) (continued) 

On February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 909,404 stock options under the Company’s stock option 
plan of which 562,452 were granted to key management personnel, at that date. The options vest in equal installments over 
three years and have a life of seven years. The fair value of the stock options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes 
option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions: 

Exercise price 

Average expected option life 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected stock price volatility 

Average dividend yield 

February 27, 2019  

February 20, 2018  

$ 

40.36  

$ 

29.92  

  4.5 years  

  1.88%  

  24.3%  

  2.72%  

  4.5 years  

  1.83%  

  21.92%  

  2.56%  

Weighted average fair value per option of options granted 

$ 

6.74  

$ 

4.55  

Deferred share unit plan for board members (cash-settled) 

The Company offers a deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for its board members. Under this plan, board members may elect to 
receive cash, DSUs or a combination of both for their compensation. The following table provides the number of DSUs related 
to this plan: 

(in units) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Board members compensation 

Deferred share units redeemed 

Dividends paid in units 

Balance, end of year 

2019  

2018  

  306,042  

  281,323  

34,144  

27,666  

—  

7,845  

(9,418 ) 

6,471  

  348,031  

  306,042  

In  2019,  the  Group  recognized,  as  a  result  of  DSUs,  a  compensation  expense  of  $1.5  million  (2018  –  $1.1 million)  with  a 
corresponding increase to trade and other payables. In addition, in other finance costs, the Group recognized a mark-to-market 
loss on DSUs of $3.2 million for the year ended 2019 (2018 – 0.9 million).  

As  at  2019,  the  total  carrying  amount  of  liabilities  for  cash-settled  arrangements  recorded  in  trade  and  other  payables 
amounted to $15.5 million (2018 – $10.8 million). 

Performance contingent restricted share unit plan (equity-settled) 

The  Company  offers  an  equity  incentive  plan  for  the  benefit  of  senior  employees  of  the  Group.  The  plan  provides  for  the 
issuance of restricted share units (‘‘RSUs’’) under conditions to be determined by the Board of Directors. The RSUs will vest in 
December  of  the  second  year  from  the  grant  date.  Upon  satisfaction  of  the  required  service  period,  the  plan  provides  for 
settlement of the award through shares. 

On  February  27,  2019,  the  Company  granted  a  total  of  152,965  RSUs  under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plan  of  which 
93,921 were granted to key management personnel, at that date. The fair value of the RSUs is determined to be the share price 
fair value at the date of the grant and is recognized as a share-based compensation expense, through contributed surplus, over 
the vesting period. The fair value of the RSUs granted was $40.36 per unit.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

21.  Share-based payment arrangements (continued) 

Performance contingent restricted share unit plan (equity-settled) (continued) 

The table below summarizes changes to the outstanding RSUs: 

(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Granted 

Reinvested 

Settled 

Forfeited 

Balance, end of year 

2019 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price  

31.84  

40.36  

35.60  

34.89  

37.33  

36.44  

2018  

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price  

27.74  

29.92  

28.30  

24.78  

29.83  

31.84  

Number 
of RSUs  

206  

95  

7  

(144 ) 

(17 ) 

147  

Number 
of RSUs  

147  

153  

7  

(59 ) 

(9 ) 

239  

The following table summarizes information about RSUs outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2019: 

(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars) 

Exercise prices 

29.92 

40.36 

RSUs outstanding  

Remaining 
contractual 
life (in years)  

1.0  

2.0  

1.6  

Number 
of RSUs  

90  

149  

239  

The weighted average share price at the date of settlement of RSUs vested in 2019 was $43.11 (2018 – $43.49). The excess of 
the purchase price paid over the carrying value of shares repurchased for settlement of the award, in the amount of $1.4 million 
(2018 – $5.4 million), was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium. 

In  2019,  the  Group  recognized,  as  a  result  of  RSUs,  a  compensation  expense  of  $3.8  million  (2018  –  $3.0  million)  with  a 
corresponding increase to contributed surplus. 

Of the RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2019, a total of 155,974 (2018 – 87,486) are held by key management personnel. 

In February 2020, upon the recommendation of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee the Board approved the 
following changes to the long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) policy for designated eligible participants in 2020 and future years. 
Each participant’s annual LTIP allocation will be split in two equally weighted awards of Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) and 
of RSUs. The PSUs will be subject to both performance and time cliff vesting conditions on the third anniversary of the award 
whereas the RSUs will only be subject to a time cliff vesting condition on the third anniversary of the award. The performance 
conditions attached to the PSUs will be equally weighted between an absolute earnings before interest and income tax objective 
and  relative  total  shareholder  return  (“TSR”).  For  purposes  of  the  relative  TSR  portion,  there  will  be  two  equally  weighted 
comparisons:  the  first  portion  will  be  compared  against  the  TSR  of  a  group  of  transportation  industry  peers  and  the  second 
portion will be compared against the S&P/TSX60 index. 

22.  Materials and services expenses 

The Group’s materials and services expenses are primarily costs related to independent contractors and vehicle operation: vehicle 
operation  expenses,  primarily  fuel,  repairs  and  maintenance, vehicle leasing  costs  (in  2018),  insurance,  permits  and  operating 
supplies. 

Independent contractors 

Vehicle operation expenses 

TFI International 

2019  

2018  

  2,018,274  

2,054,767  

813,796  

859,229  

  2,832,070  

2,913,996  

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

87 

23.  Personnel expenses 

Short-term employee benefits 

Contributions to defined contribution plans 

Current and past service costs related to defined benefit plans 

Termination benefits 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

24.  Finance income and finance costs 

Recognized in income or loss: 

(Income) costs 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

Interest income and accretion on promissory note 

Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent considerations 

Net foreign exchange loss 

Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives 

Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives 

Mark-to-market loss on DSUs 

Other financial expenses 

Net finance costs 

Presented as: 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

25.  Income tax expense 

Income tax recognized in income or loss: 

Current tax expense 

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense (recovery) 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Variation in tax rate 

Adjustment for prior years 

Note  

2019  

2018  

  1,271,804  

1,225,901  

16  

21  

21  

8,165  

658  

7,564  

8,269  

1,469  

11,355  

695  

8,972  

5,926  

1,126  

  1,297,929  

1,253,975  

2019  

58,290  

18,551  

(3,001 ) 

263  

267  

—  

—  

3,241  

8,030  

85,641  

(3,001 ) 

88,642  

2018  

54,609  

—  

(2,807 ) 

(12,189 ) 

630  

(311 ) 

(46 ) 

887  

7,533  

48,306  

(15,353 ) 

63,659  

2019  

2018  

88,807  

(2,926 ) 

85,881  

11,015  

(3,128 ) 

7,735  

15,622  

96,480  

(3,268 ) 

93,212  

(5,408 ) 

(221 ) 

2,641  

(2,988 ) 

Income tax expense 

  101,503  

90,224  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

25.  Income tax expense (continued) 

Income tax recognized in other comprehensive income: 

Change in fair value of investment in equity 

securities 

Foreign currency translation differences 

Before 

tax  

6,766  

(52,502 ) 

Tax 

(benefit) 
expense  

903  

—  

2019  

Net of 

tax  

Before 

tax  

Tax 

(benefit) 
expense   

2018  

Net of  

tax  

5,863  

(5,416 ) 

(723 ) 

(4,693 ) 

(52,502 ) 

  101,972  

—  

  101,972  

Defined benefit plan remeasurement gains (losses)   

(2,177 ) 

(558 ) 

(1,619 ) 

1,612  

Employee benefit 

61  

19  

42  

(227 ) 

431  

(68 ) 

1,181  

(159 ) 

Reclassification to retained earnings of 

accumulated unrealized loss on investment in 
equity securities 

(5,234 ) 

(697 ) 

(4,537 ) 

—  

—  

—  

Gain (loss) on net investment hedge 

  18,597  

2,482  

16,115  

(30,796 ) 

(4,119 ) 

(26,677 ) 

Loss on cash flow hedge 

(13,314 ) 

(3,479 ) 

(9,835 ) 

(3,876 ) 

(1,034 ) 

(2,842 ) 

(47,803 ) 

(1,330 ) 

(46,473 ) 

63,269  

(5,513 ) 

68,782  

Reconciliation of effective tax rate: 

Income before income tax 

2019  

  425,979  

2018  

  382,218  

Income tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate 

26.6%  

  113,310  

26.7%  

  102,052  

Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Rate differential between jurisdictions 

Variation in tax rate 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax exempt income 

Adjustment for prior years 

Others 

(3.0% ) 

(0.7% ) 

1.1%  

(2.2% ) 

1.1%  

1.0%  

(12,884 ) 

(3,128 ) 

4,549  

(9,308 ) 

4,809  

4,155  

(3.4% ) 

(0.1% ) 

0.7%  

(0.8% ) 

(0.2% ) 

0.7%  

(13,106 ) 

(221 ) 

2,593  

(3,038 ) 

(627 ) 

2,571  

23.9%  

  101,503  

23.6%  

90,224  

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”). The 
U.S. Tax Reform reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018. The U.S. 
Tax Reform also allows for immediate  capital expensing of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets made after 
September 27, 2017, which will be phased down starting in year 2023. 

The  U.S.  Tax  Reform  introduces  other  important  changes  to  U.S.  corporate  income  tax  laws  that  may  significantly  affect  the 
Group in future years including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax (BEAT) that subjects certain payments from 
U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to the deduction for net interest expense incurred 
by  U.S.  corporations.  Future  regulations  and  interpretations  to  be  issued  by  U.S.  authorities  may  also  impact  the  Group’s 
estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

89 

Derivative financial instruments designated as effective cash flow hedge instruments’ fair values were as follows: 

Current assets 

Interest rate derivatives 

Non-current assets 

Interest rate derivatives 

Current liabilities 

Interest rate derivatives 

Non-current liabilities 

Interest rate derivatives 

As at  
December 31, 2019  

As at  
December 31, 2018  

39  

—  

843  

888  

5,430  

2,946  

—  

—  

As at December 31, 2019 and 2018, the impact to income or loss and other comprehensive income is as follows: 

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through 

income or loss: 

Interest rate derivatives 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives in finance leases 

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through 

other comprehensive income: 

Interest rate derivatives 

Finance loss (income) 

Other comprehensive 
(loss) income  

2019  

2018  

2019  

2018  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(46 ) 

(311 ) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(357 ) 

13,314  

13,314  

3,876  

3,876  

Risks 

In the normal course of its operations and through its financial assets and liabilities, the Group is exposed to the following risks: 

• 

• 

credit risk 

liquidity risk 

•  market risk. 

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives and processes for 
managing  risk,  and  the  Group’s  management  of  capital.  Further  quantitative  disclosures  are  included  throughout  these 
consolidated financial statements. 

Risk management framework 

The  Group’s  management  identifies  and  analyzes  the  risks  faced  by  the  Group,  sets  appropriate  risk  limits  and  controls,  and 
monitors risks and adherence to limits. Risk management is reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the 
Group’s activities.  

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board of Directors monitors 
the Group’s risks through its audit committee. The audit committee reports regularly to the Board of Directors on its activities. 

The Group’s audit committee oversees how management monitors and manages the Group’s risks and is assisted in its oversight 
role by the Group’s internal audit. Internal audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk, the results of which are 
reported to the audit committee. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

a)  Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligation, and arises principally from the Group’s trade receivables. The Group grants credit to its customers in 
the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the credit risk of trade receivables is limited due to the following 
reasons: 

• 

There is a broad base of customers with dispersion across different market segments; 

•  No single customer accounts for more than 5% of the Group’s revenue; 

•  Approximately 94.2% (2018 – 94.6%) of the Group’s trade receivables are not past due or 30 days or less past due; 

• 

Bad debt expense has been approximately 0.1% (2018 – 0.1%) of consolidated revenues for the last 3 years.  

Exposure to credit risk 

The Group’s maximum credit exposure corresponds to the carrying amount of the financial assets. The maximum exposure 
to credit risk at the reporting date was: 

Trade and other receivables 

Promissory note 

Derivative financial assets 

Impairment losses 

The aging of trade and other receivables at the reporting date was: 

2019  

2018  

  587,370  

  631,727  

24,814  

39  

22,686  

8,376  

  612,223  

  662,789  

Not past due 

Past due 1 – 30 days 

Past due 31 – 60 days 

Past due more than 60 days 

Total  

  Impairment  

2019  

2019  

Total  

2018  

  449,324  

  104,738  

22,686  

19,314  

—  

  474,320  

869  

  123,991  

2,608  

5,215  

22,007  

18,360  

  596,062  

8,692  

  638,678  

Impairment   

2018  

—  

695  

2,085  

4,171  

6,951  

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows: 

Balance, beginning of year 
Business combinations 
Bad debt expenses 
Amount written off and recoveries 
Balance, end of year 

2019  
6,951  
525  
2,857  
(1,641 ) 
8,692  

2018  
6,931  
104  
1,944  
(2,028 ) 
6,951  

The impaired trade receivables are mostly due from customers that are experiencing financial difficulties.  

The promissory note has been individually evaluated for impairment and has been collected in full on February 1, 2020. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

91 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

b)  Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with its financial liabilities 
that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far 
as  possible,  that  it  will  always  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  meet  its  liabilities  when  due,  under  both  normal  and  stressed 
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to its reputation. 

Cash  inflows  and  cash  outflows  requirements  from  Group’s  entities  are  monitored  closely  and  separately  to  ensure  the 
Group  optimizes  its  cash  return  on  investment.  Typically,  the  Group  ensures  that  it  has  sufficient  cash  to  meet expected 
operational expenses; this excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted. The 
Group  monitors  its  short  and  medium-term  liquidity  needs  on  an  ongoing  basis  using  forecasting  tools.  In  addition,  the 
Group maintains revolving facilities, which have $605.1 million availability at December 31, 2019 (2018 – $455.3 million) 
and  an  additional  $250 million  credit  available  (C$245 million  and  US$5 million).  The  additional  credit  is  available  under 
certain conditions under the Group’s syndicated bank agreement (2018 – $250 million, C$245 million and US$5 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the financial liabilities, including estimated interest payment: 

December 31, 2019 

Bank indebtedness 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 
Derivatives financial liabilities 
Other financial liability 

December 31, 2018 

Bank indebtedness 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 
Other financial liability 

Carrying 
amount  

Contractual 
cash flows  

Less than 
1 year  

1 to 2 
years  

2 to 5 
years  

More than  
5 years  

3,801  
443,468  
  1,744,687  
1,731  
5,174  

  2,198,861  

12,334  
475,585  
  1,584,423  
5,594  

  2,077,936  

3,801  
443,468  
1,959,582  
1,731  
5,400  

2,413,982  

12,334  
475,585  
1,754,909  
6,000  

2,248,828  

3,801  
443,468  
110,729  
843  
2,700  

561,541  

12,334  
475,585  
181,932  
2,000  

671,851  

—  
—  
773,532  
444  
2,700  

776,676  

—  
—  
865,273  
444  
—  

865,717  

—  
—  
210,048  
—  
—  

210,048  

—  
—  
411,567  
2,000  

—  
—  
  1,160,505  
2,000  

413,567  

  1,162,505  

—  
—  
905  
—  

905  

It is not expected that the contractual cash flows could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts. 

c)  Market risk 

Market  risk  is  the  risk  that  changes  in  market  prices,  such  as  foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates,  will  affect  the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage 
and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return. 

The  Group  buys  and  sells  derivatives,  and  also  incurs  financial  liabilities,  in  order  to  manage  market  risks.  All  such 
transactions  are  carried  out  within  the  guidelines  set  by  the  Group’s  management  and  it  does  not  use  derivatives  for 
speculative purposes. 

d)  Currency risk 

The  Group  is  exposed  to  currency  risk  on  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  sales  and  purchases  that  are  denominated  in  a 
currency other than the respective functional currencies of Group entities. Primarily the Canadian entities are exposed to 
U.S.  dollars  and  entities  having  a  functional  currency  other  than  the  Canadian  dollars  (foreign  operations)  are  not 
significantly  exposed  to  currency  risk.  The  Group  mitigates  and  manages  its  future  US$  cash  flow  by  creating  offsetting 
positions through the use of foreign exchange contracts and US$ debt. 

To mitigate its financial net liabilities exposure to foreign currency risk related to Canadian entities, the Group designated a 
portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

d)  Currency risk (continued) 

The  Group’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  exposure  to  foreign  currency  risk  related  to  Canadian  entities  was  as  follows 
based on notional amounts: 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade and other payables 

Long-term debt 

Balance sheet exposure 

Long-term debt designated as investment hedge 

Net balance sheet exposure 

2019  

30,733  

(2,573 ) 

2018  

38,030  

(3,108 ) 

(478,566 ) 

(330,447 ) 

(450,406 ) 

(295,525 ) 

  325,000  

  325,000  

(125,406 ) 

29,475  

The  Group  estimates  its  annual  net  US$  denominated  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  at  approximately  $330 million 
(2018 – $310 million). This cash flow is earned evenly throughout the year. 

The following exchange rates applied during the year: 

Average US$ for the year ended December 31 

Closing US$ as at December 31 

Sensitivity analysis 

2019  

1.3269  

1.2988  

2018  

1.2957  

1.3642  

A 1-cent increase in the U.S. dollar at the reporting date, assuming all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain 
constant,  would  have  increased  (decreased)  equity  and  income  or  loss  by  the  amounts  shown  below.  The  analysis  is 
performed on the same basis for 2018. 

Balance sheet exposure 

Long-term debt designated as investment hedge 

Net balance sheet exposure 

1-cent  
Increase  

(3,468 ) 

2,502  

(966 ) 

2019  
1-cent  
  Decrease  

3,468  

(2,502 ) 

966  

1-cent  
Increase  

(2,166 ) 

2,382  

216  

2018  
1-cent   
  Decrease   

2,166  

(2,382 ) 

(216 ) 

Net impact on change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives is not significant. 

e) 

Interest rate risk 

The Group’s intention is to minimize its exposure to changes in interest rates by maintaining a significant portion of fixed-
rate interest-bearing long-term debt. This is achieved by entering into interest rate swaps.  

The  Group  enters  into  interest  rate  swaps  designated  for  cash  flow  hedges.  At  December  31,  2019,  the  Group  has  no 
interest rate swaps that hedge variable interest debt set using the 30-day Banker`s Acceptance rate (2018 – C$300 million). 
At December 31, 2019, the Group has US$325 million interest rate swaps that hedge variable interest debt set using the 
30-day  Libor  rate  (2018  –  US$325  million).  A  $13.3 million  loss,  $9.8  million  net  of  tax,  (2018  –  $3.9  million  loss,  $2.8 
million net of tax) was recorded on the marking-to-market of the interest rate derivative to other comprehensive income for 
these cash flow hedges.  

Ineffectiveness  in  hedging  stems  from  differences  between  the  hedged  item  and  hedging  instruments  with  respect  to 
interest  rate  characteristics,  currency,  notional  values  and  term.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  derivatives 
designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  were  considered  to  be  fully effective and  no  ineffectiveness  has  been  recognized  in  net 
income. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

93 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

e) 

Interest rate risk (continued) 

At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  interest  rate  profile  of  the  Group’s  carrying  amount  interest-bearing  financial 
instruments excluding the effects of interest rate derivatives was: 

Fixed rate instruments 

Variable rate instruments 

2019  

2018  

533,311  

345,062  

  1,211,376  

1,239,361  

  1,744,687  

1,584,423  

The Group’s interest rate derivatives are as follows: 

 Notional 

 Average 

 Contract 

  Average 

  Notional  

 Contract  

2019   

2018 

 Notional  

  Notional  

Fair 

  Average 

 Contract  

 Average 

  Contract  

Fair  

B.A. 

 Amount 

Libor 

  Amount  

 value 

B.A. 

  Amount  

Libor 

  Amount  

   value  

rate 

  CDN$ 

rate 

 US$  

   CDN$  

rate 

 CDN$  

rate 

 US$  

   CDN$  

Coverage period: 

Less than 1 year 

  0.99%  

75,000  

1.90%  

293,750  

(804 ) 

0.99%  

225,000  

1.92%  

325,000  

5,430  

1 to 2 years 

2 to 3 years 

3 to 4 years 

Asset (liability) 

Presented as: 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities   

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1.92%  

100,000  

1.92%  

100,000  

—  

—  

(444 ) 

(444 ) 

—  

(1,692 ) 

39  

—  

(843 ) 

(888 ) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1.89%  

237,500  

1,812  

1.92%  

100,000  

1.92%  

75,000  

648  

486  

8,376  

5,430  

2,946  

—  

—  

The  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  has  been  estimated  using  industry  standard  valuation  models  which  use  rates 
published on financial capital markets, adjusted for credit risk. 

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments 

The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial liabilities at fair value through income or loss. Therefore a change in 
interest rates at the reporting date would not affect income or loss. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments 

A 1% change in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and net income or net loss by 
the  amounts  shown  below.  This  analysis  assumes  that  all  other  variables,  in  particular  foreign  currency  rates,  remain 
constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2018. 

Interest on variable rate instrument 

Impact on instruments used in cash flow hedge: 

Interest on variable rate instrument 
Interest on interest rate swaps 

  1% increase  
(5,786 ) 

2019  
  1% decrease  
5,786  

  1% increase  
(3,633 ) 

2018  
  1% decrease   
3,633  

2019   

  1% increase  
(3,251 ) 
3,251  
—  

  1% decrease  
3,251  
(3,251 ) 
—  

  1% increase  
(4,896 ) 
4,896  
—  

2018   
  1% decrease   
4,896  
(4,896 ) 
—  

Net impact on change in fair value of interest rate swaps is not significant. 

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

f)  Capital management 

For the purposes of capital management, capital consists of share capital and retained earnings of the Group. The Group’s 
objectives when managing capital are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

To ensure proper capital investment in order to provide stability and competitiveness to its operations; 

To ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy and undertake selective acquisitions; 

To maintain an appropriate debt level so that there are no financial constraints on the use of capital; and 

To maintain investors, creditors and market confidence. 

The Group seeks to maintain a balance between the highest returns that might be possible with higher level of borrowings 
and the advantages and security by a sound capital position.  

The Group monitors its long-term debt using the ratios below to maintain an appropriate debt level. The Group’s debt-to-
equity and debt-to-capitalization ratios are as follows: 

Long-term debt 

Shareholders’ equity 

Debt-to-equity ratio 

Debt-to-capitalization ratio1 

2019  

2018  

1,744,687  

1,506,835  

1,584,423  

1,576,854  

1.16  

0.54  

1.00  

0.50  

1 Long-term debt divided by the sum of shareholders’ equity and long-term debt. 

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year. 

The Group’s credit facility agreement requires monitoring two ratios on a quarterly basis. The first is a ratio of total debt 
plus letters of credit and some other long-term liabilities to net income or loss from continuing operations before finance 
income  and  costs,  income  tax  expense  (recovery),  depreciation,  amortization,  impairment  of  intangible  assets,  bargain 
purchase  gain,  and  gain  or  loss  on  sale  of  land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and  intangible  assets  (“Adjusted 
EBITDA”). The second is a ratio of adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and rent 
expense  (“EBITDAR”),  and,  including  last  twelve  months  adjusted  EBITDAR  from  acquisitions  to  interest  and  net  rent 
expenses.  These  ratios  are  measured  on  a  consolidated  last  twelve-month  basis  and  are  calculated  as  prescribed  by  the 
credit agreement which, among other things, requires the exclusion of the impact of IFRS 16. These  ratios must be kept 
below  a  certain  threshold  so  as  not  to  breach  a  covenant  in  the  Group’s  syndicated  bank.  At  December  31,  2019  and 
December 31, 2018, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants. 

Management  believes  that  the  Group  has  sufficient  liquidity  to  continue  both  its  operations  as  well  as  its  acquisition 
strategy. 

Upon maturity of the Group’s long-term debt, the Group’s management and its Board of Directors will assess if the long-
term debt should be renewed at its original value, increased or decreased based on the then required capital need, credit 
availability and future interest rates. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

95 

26.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

g)  Accounting classification and fair values 

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statements of financial 
position, are as follows: 

Financial assets 

Assets carried at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments 

Investment in equity securities 

Assets carried at amortized cost 

Trade and other receivables 

Promissory note 

Financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments 

Other financial liability 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost 

Bank indebtedness 

Trade and other payables 

Long-term debt 

Carrying 
Amount 

2019  
Fair 
Value 

  Carrying 
  Amount 

2018  

Fair   
Value   

39  

1,391  

39  

1,391  

8,376  

1,498  

8,376  

1,498  

587,370  

587,370  

631,727  

631,727  

24,814  

24,814  

22,686  

22,686  

613,614  

613,614  

664,287  

664,287  

1,731  

5,174  

1,731  

5,174  

—  

5,594  

—  

5,594  

3,801  

3,801  

12,334  

12,334  

443,468  

443,468  

475,585  

475,585  

1,744,687  

1,748,556  

1,584,423  

  1,647,146  

2,198,861  

2,202,730  

2,077,936  

  2,140,659  

Interest rates used for determining fair value 

The  interest  rates  used  to  discount  estimated  cash  flows,  when  applicable,  are  based  on  the  government  yield  curve  at 
December 31 plus an adequate credit spread, and were as follows: 

Long-term debt 

Fair value hierarchy 

2019  
3.3%  

2018  
3.9%  

Group’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are investment in equity securities and the 
derivative financial instruments discussed above. Investment in equity securities is measured using level-1 inputs of the fair 
value hierarchy and derivative financial instruments are measured using level-2 inputs. 

The fair value of the promissory note represents the present value of the future cash flows, based on the interest rate of the 
note, discounted by the company specific rate of the counterparty of the note. The company specific rate is comprised of a 
risk-free market rate and a company specific premium based on their risk profile. The counterparty to the note is GFL, a 
private  company,  for  which  limited  publicly  available  information  exists.  At  the  issuance  of  the  promissory  note,  the  fair 
value  was  established  using  public  information  on  the  source  of  funding  to  acquire  the  Waste  Management  segment. 
Subsequent  to  the  initial  measurement,  adjustments  to  the  company  risk  premium  are  made  based  on  the  analysis  of 
published  financial  information  and  on  significant  macro  environmental  factors  impacting  their  segment.  The  risk-free 
market rate is publicly available.  

2019 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
96 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

27.   Contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments 

a)  Contingencies 

There  are  pending  operational  and  personnel  related  claims  against  the  Group.  The  Group  has  accrued  $2.6  million  for 
claim settlements that are presented in long-term provisions on the consolidated statements of financial position (2018 – 
$10.3  million  in  long-term  provisions).  In  the  opinion  of  management,  these  claims  are  adequately  provided  for  and 
settlement should not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.  

b)  Letters of credit 

As at December 31, 2019, the Group had $41.7 million of outstanding letters of credit (2018 – $39.4 million). 

c)  Other commitments 

As at December 31, 2019, the Group had $35.2 million of purchase commitments (2018 – $51.0 million) and $12.0 million of 
purchase orders for leases that the Group intends to enter into and that are expected to materialize within a year (2018 – nil). 

28.  Related parties 

Parent and ultimate controlling party 

There is no single ultimate controlling party. The shares of the Company are widely held. 

Transactions with key management personnel 

Board  members  of  the  Company,  executive  officers  and  top  managers  of  major  Group’s  entities  are  deemed  to  be  key 
management personnel. No compensation (2018 – $0.1 million) was paid to a board member for consulting services provided 
during 2019. There were no other transactions with key management personnel other than their respective compensation. 

Key management personnel compensation 

In addition to their salaries, the Company also provides non-cash benefits to board members and executive officers. 

Executive  officers  also  participate  in  the  Company’s  stock  option  and  performance  contingent  restricted  share  unit  plans  and 
board members are entitled to deferred share units, as described in note 21. Costs incurred for key management personnel in 
relation to these plans are detailed below. 

Key management personnel compensation comprised: 

Short-term benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

2019  

14,919  

834  

4,909  

1,469  

22,131  

2018  

14,756  

959  

4,193  

1,126  

21,034  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company of Canada 
100 University Avenue, 8th Floor 
Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1

Canada and the United States 
Telephone: 1 800 564-6253 
Fax: 1 888 453-0330

International 
Telephone: 514 982-7800 
Fax: 416 263-9394

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
Co-Transfer Agent (U.S.)

Si vous désirez recevoir la version française de ce 
rapport, veuillez écrire au secrétaire de la société :  
8801, route Transcanadienne, bureau 500  
Montréal (Québec) H4S 1Z6

CORPORATE
INFORMATION

EXECUTIVE OFFICE
96 Disco Road 
Etobicoke, Ontario M9W 0A3 
Telephone: 647 725-4500

HEAD OFFICE
8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500 
Montreal, Quebec H4S 1Z6  
Telephone: 514 331-4000 
Fax: 514 337-4200

Web site: www.tfiintl.com 
E-mail: administration@tfiintl.com

AUDITORS
KPMG LLP

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
TFI International Inc. shares are listed on The New York  
Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange under the 
symbol TFII.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
National Bank of Canada

Royal Bank of Canada 

Bank of America, N.A.

Bank of Montreal

The Bank of Nova Scotia 

Fédération des Caisses Desjardins du Québec

The Toronto Dominion Bank

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.

MUFG Bank Ltd. 

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

PNC Bank

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 

Alberta Treasury Branches

Export Development Canada

Fonds de solidarité FTQ

Prudential Financial, Inc.

T

F

I

I

N

T

E

R

N

A

T

I

O

N

A

L

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

9

www.tfiintl.com